Sunteți pe pagina 1din 114

Colour Television

Chassis

Q552.2E
LA

19100_000_110214.eps
110214

Contents

Page

Contents

Page

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Revision List
2
Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections2
Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List
6
Mechanical Instructions
10
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 17
Alignments
36
Circuit Descriptions
40
IC Data Sheets
46
Block Diagrams
Wiring diagram Blockbuster 32"
59
Wiring diagram Blockbuster 37"
60
Wiring diagram Blockbuster 40"
61
Block Diagram Video
62
Block Diagram Audio
63
Block Diagram Control & Clock Signals
64
Block Diagram I2C
65
Supply Lines Overview
66
10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
Drawing
B01 393912364954
67
B02 393912364954
78
B03 393912364954
87
B04 393912364954
95
B05 393912364954
100
B06 393912364954
101
B07 393912364954
105
B08 393912364954
106
B09 393912364954
108
313912364954 SSB Layout
109
E 27221719026x IR/LED/Key Board
111
11. Styling Sheets
Blockbuster 32"
112
Blockbuster 37"
113
Blockbuster 40"& 46"
114

Copyright 2011 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.


All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

Published by ER/TY 1162 BU TV Consumer Care, the Netherlands

Subject to modification

EN 3122 785 19100


2011-Feb-18

EN 2

1.

Revision List

Q552.2E LA

1. Revision List
Manual xxxx xxx xxxx.0
First release.

2. Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections


2.1

Index of this chapter:


2.1 Technical Specifications
2.2 Directions for Use
2.3 Connections
2.4 Chassis Overview

Technical Specifications
For on-line product support please use the CTN links in Table
2-1. Here is product information available, as well as getting
started, user manuals, frequently asked questions and
software & drivers.

Notes:
Figures can deviate due to the different set executions.
Specifications are indicative (subject to change).
Table 2-1 Described Model Numbers and Diversity

2.2

10

E (IR/LED/Key Board)

B09 (non-DVBS-conn.)

B08 (DVBS-Supp.)

B07 (DVBS-FE)

B06 (non-DVBS-LVDS)

B05 (DDR)

B04 (I/O)

B03 (DC/DC / Class D)

B02 (PNX85500)

B01 (Tuner)

ALxx (Ambilight) Everlight

ALxx (Ambilight) LiteOn

TCON

Wiring Diagram

Schematics

AmbiLight

Tuner

PSU

Descriptions

LCD Removal

Mechanics

Assembly Removal

Wire Dressing

Connection Overview

3139 123 xxxxx

SSB

Blockbuster 64954 2.3 4-1 4.3 4.3.8 7.2


11-1

7.4.1 -

9-1 -

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

10-8

10-9

10-11 -

32PFL6606K/02

Blockbuster 64954 2.3 4-1 4.3 4.3.8 7.2


11-1

7.4.1 -

9-1 -

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

10-8

10-9

10-11 -

37PFL6606H/12

Blockbuster 64954 2.3 4-2 4.3 4.3.8 7.2


11-2

7.4.1 -

9-2 -

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

10-8

10-9

10-11 -

37PFL6606K/02

Blockbuster 64954 2.3 4-2 4.3 4.3.8 7.2


11-2

7.4.1 -

9-2 -

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

10-8

10-9

10-11 -

40PFL6606H/12

Blockbuster 64954 2.3 4-3 4.3 4.3.8 7.2


11-3

7.4.1 -

9-3 -

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

10-8

10-9

10-11 -

40PFL6606K/02

Blockbuster 64954 2.3 4-3 4.3 4.3.8 7.2


11-3

7.4.1 -

9-3 -

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

10-8

10-9

10-11 -

Directions for Use


You can download this information from the following websites:
http://www.philips.com/support
http://www.p4c.philips.com

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Styling

32PFL6606H/12

CTN

Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections


2.3

Q552.2E LA

2.

EN 3

Connections

SIDE CONNECTORS

REAR CONNECTORS
5

12
1
2
4
3
13

BOTTOM REAR CONNECTORS


6

10

11

14
15
16

19100_043_110214.eps
110216

Figure 2-1 Connection overview


Note: The following connector colour abbreviations are used
(acc. to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy=
Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.
2.3.1

13
14
15
16

- Ground Red
- Ground P50
- Video Red
- Status/FBL

17
18
19
20
21

- Ground Video
- Ground FBL
- Video CVBS/Y
- Video CVBS
- Shield

Rear Connections
1 - EXT1: Video RGB - In, CVBS - In/Out, Audio - In/Out
20

21

2 - Service Connector (UART)


1 - Ground
Gnd
2 - UART_TX
Transmit
3 - UART_RX
Receive

10000_001_090121.eps
090121

Figure 2-2 SCART connector


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12

- Audio R
- Audio R
- Audio L
- Ground Audio
- Ground Blue
- Audio L
- Video Blue
- Function Select

- Ground Green
- n.c.
- Video Green
- n.c.

0.5 VRMS / 1 kohm


0.5 VRMS / 10 kohm
0.5 VRMS / 1 kohm
Gnd
Gnd
0.5 VRMS / 10 kohm
0.7 VPP / 75 ohm
0 - 2 V: INT
4.5 - 7 V: EXT 16:9
9.5 - 12 V: EXT 4:3
Gnd
0.7 VPP / 75 ohm

Gnd
Gnd
0.7 VPP / 75 ohm
0 - 0.4 V: INT
1 - 3 V: EXT / 75 ohm
Gnd
Gnd
1 VPP / 75 ohm
1 VPP / 75 ohm
Gnd

k
j
k
H
H
j
jk
j
H
j

j
H
H
k
j
H

H
k
j

3 - EXT2: Cinch: Video YPbPr - In, Audio - In


Gn - Video Y
1 VPP / 75 ohm
Bu - Video Pb
0.7 VPP / 75 ohm
Rd - Video Pr
0.7 VPP / 75 ohm
Rd - Audio - R
0.5 VRMS / 10 kohm
Wh - Audio - L
0.5 VRMS / 10 kohm

jq
jq
jq
jq
jq

4 - Cinch: Audio - In (VGA/DVI)


Rd - Audio R
0.5 VRMS / 10 kohm
Wh - Audio L
0.5 VRMS / 10 kohm

jq
jq

5 - SAT - In
- - F-type
back to
div. table

H
H
j

Coax, 75 ohm

D
2011-Feb-18

EN 4
2.3.2

2.

Q552.2E LA

Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Rear Connections - Bottom


6 - RJ45: Ethernet
12345678

10000_025_090121.eps
090121

- TD+
- TD- RD+
- CT
- CT
- RD- GND
- GND

Transmit signal
Transmit signal
Receive signal
Centre Tap: DC level fixation
Centre Tap: DC level fixation
Receive signal
Gnd
Gnd

7 - Cinch: S/PDIF - Out


Bk - Coaxial
0.4 - 0.6VPP / 75 ohm

k
k
j

DDC clock
DDC data
Gnd
Hot Plug Detect
Gnd

j
H
H

Figure 2-6 VGA Connector


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

kq

j
H
j
j
H
j
j
H
j
j
H
j
jk

2.3.3

- Video Red
- Video Green
- Video Blue
- n.c.
- Ground
- Ground Red
- Ground Green
- Ground Blue
- +5VDC
- Ground Sync
- n.c.
- DDC_SDA
- H-sync
- V-sync
- DDC_SCL

0.7 VPP / 75 ohm


0.7 VPP / 75 ohm
0.7 VPP / 75 ohm

j
j
j

Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
Gnd
+5 V
Gnd

H
H
H
H
j
H

DDC data
0-5V
0-5V
DDC clock

j
j
j
j

Side Connections
12 - Common Interface
68p - See diagram B01A Common Interface

jk

13 - SD-Card: Secure Digital Card - In/Out (optional)


14
GND

j
jk
H
j
j
H

9 - HDMI 1: Digital Video - In, Digital Audio with ARC - In/


Out
19
18

10
15

10000_002_090121.eps
090127

1
2

Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Control channel

11

Figure 2-4 HDMI (type A) connector


- D2+
- Shield
- D2- D1+
- Shield
- D1- D0+
- Shield
- D0- CLK+
- Shield
- CLK- Easylink/CEC
- n.c.
- DDC_SCL
- DDC_SDA
- Ground
- +5V
- HPD
- Ground

Coax, 75 ohm

10000_017_090121.eps
090428

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Hot Plug Detect


Gnd

jk
k
j
jk
H
j
j
H

11 - VGA: Video RGB - In

8 - HDMI 2: Digital Video, Digital Audio - In


19
18

Control channel
Audio Return Channel
DDC clock
DDC data
Gnd

10 - Aerial - In
- - IEC-type (EU)

Figure 2-3 Ethernet connector


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

- Easylink/CEC
- ARC
- DDC_SCL
- DDC_SDA
- Ground
- +5V
- HPD
- Ground

1
2

WP

12

GND

11

CD

10

DAT1/IRQ

DAT0/D0

GND2

CLOCK

VDD

GND1

CMD/DI

DAT3/CS

DAT2/NC

GND
13

10000_017_090121.eps
090428

10000_049_100210.eps
100210

Figure 2-5 HDMI (type A) connector


Figure 2-7 SD-Card connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2011-Feb-18

- D2+
- Shield
- D2- D1+
- Shield
- D1- D0+
- Shield
- D0- CLK+
- Shield
- CLK-

Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Data channel
Gnd
Data channel
Data channel
Gnd
Data channel

j
H
j
j
H
j
j
H
j
j
H
j

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
back to
div. table

- DAT3/CS
- CMD/DI
- GND1
- Vdd
- CLOCK
- GND2
- DAT0/D0
- DAT1/IRQ
- DAT2/NC
- CD
- GND

Signal
Signal
Gnd
Supply
Signal
Gnd
Signal
Signal
Signal
Signal
Gnd

jk
k
H
k
k
H
jk
jk
jk
j
H

Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections


12 - WP
13 - GND
14 - GND

j
H
H

Signal
Gnd
Gnd

1
2
3
4

- +5V
- Data (-)
- Data (+)
- Ground

Q552.2E LA

2.

Gnd

EN 5
k
jk
jk
H

14 - USB2.0
15 - Head phone (Output)
Bk - Head phone
32 - 600 ohm / 10 mW
1

10000_022_090121.eps
090121

ot

16 - HDMI : Digital Video, Digital Audio - In


See 8 - HDMI 2: Digital Video, Digital Audio - In

Figure 2-8 USB (type A)

2.4

Chassis Overview
Refer to chapter Block Diagrams for PWB/CBA locations.

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 6

3.

Q552.2E LA

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

3. Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

Index of this chapter:


3.1 Safety Instructions
3.2 Warnings
3.3 Notes
3.4 Abbreviation List

3.1

3.3.2

Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be


returned in its original condition. Pay in particular attention to
the following points:
Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the
mounted cable clamps.
Check the insulation of the Mains/AC Power lead for
external damage.
Check the strain relief of the Mains/AC Power cord for
proper function.
Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains/AC
Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have
a Mains/AC Power isolated power supply):
1. Unplug the Mains/AC Power cord and connect a wire
between the two pins of the Mains/AC Power plug.
2. Set the Mains/AC Power switch to the on position
(keep the Mains/AC Power cord unplugged!).
3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the
Mains/AC Power plug and the metal shielding of the
tuner or the aerial connection on the set. The reading
should be between 4.5 M and 12 M.
4. Switch off the set, and remove the wire between the
two pins of the Mains/AC Power plug.
Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent touching of any
inner parts by the customer.

3.3.3

All resistor values are in ohms, and the value multiplier is


often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2
indicates 2.2 k).
Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with
either an E or an R (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 ).
All capacitor values are given in micro-farads ( 10-6),
nano-farads (n 10-9), or pico-farads (p 10-12).
Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the
decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).
An asterisk (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer
to the diversity tables for the correct values.
The correct component values are listed on the Philips
Spare Parts Web Portal.

Spare Parts
For the latest spare part overview, consult your Philips Spare
Part web portal.

3.3.4

BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs


Introduction
For more information on how to handle BGA devices, visit this
URL: http://www.atyourservice-magazine.com. Select
Magazine, then go to Repair downloads. Here you will find
Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs.
BGA Temperature Profiles
For BGA-ICs, you must use the correct temperature-profile.
Where applicable and available, this profile is added to the IC
Data Sheet information section in this manual.

3.3.5

3.2

Schematic Notes

Safety regulations require the following during a repair:


Connect the set to the Mains/AC Power via an isolation
transformer (> 800 VA).
Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h,
only by components identical to the original ones. Any
other component substitution (other than original type) may
increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard.

Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages


with (D) and without (E) aerial signal. Measure the
voltages in the power supply section both in normal
operation (G) and in stand-by (F). These values are
indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.

Lead-free Soldering

Warnings

3.3

Notes

3.3.1

General

2011-Feb-18

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected


by the workshop during a repair:
Use only lead-free soldering tin. If lead-free solder paste is
required, please contact the manufacturer of your soldering
equipment. In general, use of solder paste within
workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to
store and to handle.
Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free
soldering tin. The solder tool must be able:
To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400C.
To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tip.
To exchange solder-tips for different applications.
Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around
360C - 380C is reached and stabilized at the solder joint.
Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec.
Avoid temperatures above 400C, otherwise wear-out of
tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed.
To avoid wear-out of tips, switch off unused equipment or
reduce heat.
Mix of lead-free soldering tin/parts with leaded soldering
tin/parts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to
avoid mixed regimes. If this cannot be avoided, carefully
clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin.

All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to


electrostatic discharges (ESD w). Careless handling
during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that,
during repair, you are connected with the same potential as
the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep
components and tools also at this same potential.
Be careful during measurements in the high voltage
section.
Never replace modules or other components while the unit
is switched on.
When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools.
This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a
circuit becoming unstable.

Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the


chassis (= tuner) ground (H), or hot ground (I), depending
on the tested area of circuitry. The voltages and waveforms
shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the
Service Default Mode with a colour bar signal and stereo
sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and
picture carrier at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for
NTSC (channel 3).

3.3.6

Alternative BOM identification


It should be noted that on the European Service website,
Alternative BOM is referred to as Design variant.

back to
div. table

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List


3.4

The third digit in the serial number (example:


AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative
B.O.M. (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the
specific TV set. In general, it is possible that the same TV
model on the market is produced with e.g. two different types
of displays, coming from two different suppliers. This will then
result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type
Number; e.g. 28PW9515/12) but which have a different B.O.M.
number.
By looking at the third digit of the serial number, one can
identify which B.O.M. is used for the TV set he is working with.
If the third digit of the serial number contains the number 1
(example: AG1B033500001), then the TV set has been
manufactured according to B.O.M. number 1. If the third digit is
a 2 (example: AG2B0335000001), then the set has been
produced according to B.O.M. no. 2. This is important for
ordering the correct spare parts!
For the third digit, the numbers 1...9 and the characters A...Z
can be used, so in total: 9 plus 26= 35 different B.O.M.s can be
indicated by the third digit of the serial number.

AARA

ACI

ADC
AFC

AGC

AM
AP
AR
ASF

ATSC
MODEL

: 32PF9968/10

PROD.NO: AG 1A0617 000001

MADE IN BELGIUM
220-240V ~ 50/60Hz
128W
VHF+S+H+UHF

ATV
Auto TV

BJ3.0E LA

10000_024_090121.eps
100105

AV
AVC
AVIP
B/G

Figure 3-1 Serial number (example)


3.3.7

Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair


(CLR)

BDS
BLR
BTSC

If a board is defective, consult your repair procedure to decide


if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on
component level.
If your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged
completely, do not solder on the defective board. Otherwise, it
cannot be returned to the O.E.M. supplier for back charging!
3.3.8

B-TXT
C
CEC

Practical Service Precautions

It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.


While some sources are expected to have a possible
dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of
limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.
Always respect voltages. While some may not be
dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected
reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a
powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation.
It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.

CL
CLR
ComPair
CP
CSM
CTI

CVBS
DAC
DBE
DCM

DDC
D/K
DFI
back to
div. table

3.

EN 7

Abbreviation List
0/6/12

Identification: The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit


serial number. Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (e.g.
AG is Bruges), digit 3 refers to the B.O.M. code, digit 4 refers
to the Service version change code, digits 5 and 6 refer to the
production year, and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in
example below it is 2006 week 17). The 6 last digits contain the
serial number.

Q552.2E LA

SCART switch control signal on A/V


board. 0 = loop through (AUX to TV),
6 = play 16 : 9 format, 12 = play 4 : 3
format
Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation:
algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to
remove horizontal black bars; keeps
the original aspect ratio
Automatic Channel Installation:
algorithm that installs TV channels
directly from a cable network by
means of a predefined TXT page
Analogue to Digital Converter
Automatic Frequency Control: control
signal used to tune to the correct
frequency
Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that
controls the video input of the feature
box
Amplitude Modulation
Asia Pacific
Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9
Auto Screen Fit: algorithm that adapts
aspect ratio to remove horizontal black
bars without discarding video
information
Advanced Television Systems
Committee, the digital TV standard in
the USA
See Auto TV
A hardware and software control
system that measures picture content,
and adapts image parameters in a
dynamic way
External Audio Video
Audio Video Controller
Audio Video Input Processor
Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 5.5 MHz
Business Display Solutions (iTV)
Board-Level Repair
Broadcast Television Standard
Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound
system, originating from the USA and
used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC
countries
Blue TeleteXT
Centre channel (audio)
Consumer Electronics Control bus:
remote control bus on HDMI
connections
Constant Level: audio output to
connect with an external amplifier
Component Level Repair
Computer aided rePair
Connected Planet / Copy Protection
Customer Service Mode
Color Transient Improvement:
manipulates steepness of chroma
transients
Composite Video Blanking and
Synchronization
Digital to Analogue Converter
Dynamic Bass Enhancement: extra
low frequency amplification
Data Communication Module. Also
referred to as System Card or
Smartcard (for iTV).
See E-DDC
Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz
Dynamic Frame Insertion
2011-Feb-18

EN 8

3.

DFU
DMR
DMSD
DNM
DNR
DRAM
DRM
DSP
DST

DTCP

DVB-C
DVB-T
DVD
DVI(-d)
E-DDC

EDID
EEPROM
EMI
EPG
EPLD
EU
EXT
FDS
FDW
FLASH
FM
FPGA
FTV
Gb/s
G-TXT
H
HD
HDD
HDCP

HDMI
HP
I
I2 C
I2 D
I2 S
IF
IR
IRQ
ITU-656

2011-Feb-18

Q552.2E LA

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

Directions For Use: owner's manual


Digital Media Reader: card reader
Digital Multi Standard Decoding
Digital Natural Motion
Digital Noise Reduction: noise
reduction feature of the set
Dynamic RAM
Digital Rights Management
Digital Signal Processing
Dealer Service Tool: special remote
control designed for service
technicians
Digital Transmission Content
Protection; A protocol for protecting
digital audio/video content that is
traversing a high speed serial bus,
such as IEEE-1394
Digital Video Broadcast - Cable
Digital Video Broadcast - Terrestrial
Digital Versatile Disc
Digital Visual Interface (d= digital only)
Enhanced Display Data Channel
(VESA standard for communication
channel and display). Using E-DDC,
the video source can read the EDID
information form the display.
Extended Display Identification Data
(VESA standard)
Electrically Erasable and
Programmable Read Only Memory
Electro Magnetic Interference
Electronic Program Guide
Erasable Programmable Logic Device
Europe
EXTernal (source), entering the set by
SCART or by cinches (jacks)
Full Dual Screen (same as FDW)
Full Dual Window (same as FDS)
FLASH memory
Field Memory or Frequency
Modulation
Field-Programmable Gate Array
Flat TeleVision
Giga bits per second
Green TeleteXT
H_sync to the module
High Definition
Hard Disk Drive
High-bandwidth Digital Content
Protection: A key encoded into the
HDMI/DVI signal that prevents video
data piracy. If a source is HDCP coded
and connected via HDMI/DVI without
the proper HDCP decoding, the
picture is put into a snow vision mode
or changed to a low resolution. For
normal content distribution the source
and the display device must be
enabled for HDCP software key
decoding.
High Definition Multimedia Interface
HeadPhone
Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.0 MHz
Inter IC bus
Inter IC Data bus
Inter IC Sound bus
Intermediate Frequency
Infra Red
Interrupt Request
The ITU Radio communication Sector
(ITU-R) is a standards body
subcommittee of the International
Telecommunication Union relating to
radio communication. ITU-656 (a.k.a.

ITV
LS

LATAM
LCD
LED
L/L'

LPL
LS
LVDS
Mbps
M/N
MHEG

MIPS

MOP
MOSFET
MPEG
MPIF
MUTE
MTV
NC
NICAM

NTC
NTSC

NVM
O/C
OSD
OAD

OTC
P50
PAL

back to
div. table

SDI), is a digitized video format used


for broadcast grade video.
Uncompressed digital component or
digital composite signals can be used.
The SDI signal is self-synchronizing,
uses 8 bit or 10 bit data words, and has
a maximum data rate of 270 Mbit/s,
with a minimum bandwidth of 135
MHz.
Institutional TeleVision; TV sets for
hotels, hospitals etc.
Last Status; The settings last chosen
by the customer and read and stored
in RAM or in the NVM. They are called
at start-up of the set to configure it
according to the customer's
preferences
Latin America
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band
I, L is all bands except for Band I
LG.Philips LCD (supplier)
Loudspeaker
Low Voltage Differential Signalling
Mega bits per second
Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 4.5 MHz
Part of a set of international standards
related to the presentation of
multimedia information, standardised
by the Multimedia and Hypermedia
Experts Group. It is commonly used as
a language to describe interactive
television services
Microprocessor without Interlocked
Pipeline-Stages; A RISC-based
microprocessor
Matrix Output Processor
Metal Oxide Silicon Field Effect
Transistor, switching device
Motion Pictures Experts Group
Multi Platform InterFace
MUTE Line
Mainstream TV: TV-mode with
Consumer TV features enabled (iTV)
Not Connected
Near Instantaneous Compounded
Audio Multiplexing. This is a digital
sound system, mainly used in Europe.
Negative Temperature Coefficient,
non-linear resistor
National Television Standard
Committee. Color system mainly used
in North America and Japan. Color
carrier NTSC M/N= 3.579545 MHz,
NTSC 4.43= 4.433619 MHz (this is a
VCR norm, it is not transmitted off-air)
Non-Volatile Memory: IC containing
TV related data such as alignments
Open Circuit
On Screen Display
Over the Air Download. Method of
software upgrade via RF transmission.
Upgrade software is broadcasted in
TS with TV channels.
On screen display Teletext and
Control; also called Artistic (SAA5800)
Project 50: communication protocol
between TV and peripherals
Phase Alternating Line. Color system
mainly used in West Europe (color
carrier= 4.433619 MHz) and South
America (color carrier PAL M=

Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

PCB
PCM
PDP
PFC
PIP
PLL

POD

POR
PSDL
PSL
PSLS

PTC
PWB
PWM
QRC
QTNR
QVCP
RAM
RGB

RC
RC5 / RC6
RESET
ROM
RSDS
R-TXT
SAM
S/C
SCART

SCL
SCL-F
SD
SDA
SDA-F
SDI
SDRAM
SECAM

SIF
SMPS
SoC
SOG
SOPS
SPI

S/PDIF
SRAM
SRP
SSB
SSC
STB
STBY
SVGA

SVHS
SW
SWAN

3.575612 MHz and PAL N= 3.582056


MHz)
Printed Circuit Board (same as PWB)
Pulse Code Modulation
Plasma Display Panel
Power Factor Corrector (or Preconditioner)
Picture In Picture
Phase Locked Loop. Used for e.g.
FST tuning systems. The customer
can give directly the desired frequency
Point Of Deployment: a removable
CAM module, implementing the CA
system for a host (e.g. a TV-set)
Power On Reset, signal to reset the uP
Power Supply for Direct view LED
backlight with 2D-dimming
Power Supply with integrated LED
drivers
Power Supply with integrated LED
drivers with added Scanning
functionality
Positive Temperature Coefficient,
non-linear resistor
Printed Wiring Board (same as PCB)
Pulse Width Modulation
Quasi Resonant Converter
Quality Temporal Noise Reduction
Quality Video Composition Processor
Random Access Memory
Red, Green, and Blue. The primary
color signals for TV. By mixing levels
of R, G, and B, all colors (Y/C) are
reproduced.
Remote Control
Signal protocol from the remote
control receiver
RESET signal
Read Only Memory
Reduced Swing Differential Signalling
data interface
Red TeleteXT
Service Alignment Mode
Short Circuit
Syndicat des Constructeurs
d'Appareils Radiorcepteurs et
Tlviseurs
Serial Clock I2C
CLock Signal on Fast I2C bus
Standard Definition
Serial Data I2C
DAta Signal on Fast I2C bus
Serial Digital Interface, see ITU-656
Synchronous DRAM
SEequence Couleur Avec Mmoire.
Color system mainly used in France
and East Europe. Color carriers=
4.406250 MHz and 4.250000 MHz
Sound Intermediate Frequency
Switched Mode Power Supply
System on Chip
Sync On Green
Self Oscillating Power Supply
Serial Peripheral Interface bus; a 4wire synchronous serial data link
standard
Sony Philips Digital InterFace
Static RAM
Service Reference Protocol
Small Signal Board
Spread Spectrum Clocking, used to
reduce the effects of EMI
Set Top Box
STand-BY
800 600 (4:3)

SXGA
TFT
THD
TMDS
TS
TXT
TXT-DW
UI
uP
UXGA
V
VESA
VGA
VL
VSB
WYSIWYR

WXGA
XTAL
XGA
Y
Y/C
YPbPr

YUV

back to
div. table

Q552.2E LA

3.

EN 9

Super Video Home System


Software
Spatial temporal Weighted Averaging
Noise reduction
1280 1024
Thin Film Transistor
Total Harmonic Distortion
Transmission Minimized Differential
Signalling
Transport Stream
TeleteXT
Dual Window with TeleteXT
User Interface
Microprocessor
1600 1200 (4:3)
V-sync to the module
Video Electronics Standards
Association
640 480 (4:3)
Variable Level out: processed audio
output toward external amplifier
Vestigial Side Band; modulation
method
What You See Is What You Record:
record selection that follows main
picture and sound
1280 768 (15:9)
Quartz crystal
1024 768 (4:3)
Luminance signal
Luminance (Y) and Chrominance (C)
signal
Component video. Luminance and
scaled color difference signals (B-Y
and R-Y)
Component video

2011-Feb-18

EN 10

4.

Q552.2E LA

Mechanical Instructions

4. Mechanical Instructions
Index of this chapter:
4.1 Cable Dressing Blockbuster Styling (xxPFL66xx/xx series)
4.2 Service Positions
4.3 Assy/Panel Removal Sundance Styling (xxPFL76xx/xx
series)
4.4 Set Re-assembly
Notes:
Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation,
due to the different set executions.

4.1

Cable Dressing Blockbuster Styling (xxPFL66xx/xx series)

19100_044_110214.eps
110214

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing 32PFL6606x/xx (Blockbuster)

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Mechanical Instructions

Q552.2E LA

4.

EN 11

19100_045_110214.eps
110214

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing 37PFL6606x/xx (Blockbuster)

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 12

4.

Q552.2E LA

Mechanical Instructions

19100_046_110214.eps
110214

Figure 4-3 Cable dressing 40PFL6606x/xx (Blockbuster)

4.2

Service Positions

1. Remove all screws of the rear cover.


2. Lift the rear cover from the TV. Make sure that wires and
flat coils are not damaged while lifting the rear cover from
the set.

For easy servicing of a TV set, the set should be put face down
on a soft flat surface, foam buffers or other specific workshop
tools. Ensure that a stable situation is created to perform
measurements and alignments. When using foam bars take
care that these always support the cabinet and never only the
display. Caution: Failure to follow these guidelines can
seriously damage the display!
Ensure that ESD safe measures are taken.

4.3

Additional instructions for Blockbuster 40-/46PFL6606x/xx


40"and 46"Blockbuster (40-/46PFL6606x/xx) sets have a
dedicated method to open the bottom catches when removing
the rear cover.
Refer to Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 for details.

Assy/Panel Removal Sundance Styling


(xxPFL76xx/xx series)
The instructions in this section also apply to the
Blockbuster sets (xxPFL66xx/xx series).
For the 40" and 46" Blockbuster sets, additional instructions
(rear cover removal) apply. Refer to subsection Additional
instructions for Blockbuster 40-/46PFL6606x/xx.

1
19100_048_110216.eps
110216

The instructions apply to the 32PFL7406K/02.


Figure 4-4 Bottom catches 40" and 46" Blockbuster sets -14.3.1

Rear Cover
Warning: Disconnect the mains power cord before you remove
the rear cover.
Note: it is not necessary to remove the stand while removing
the rear cover.

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Mechanical Instructions

Q552.2E LA

4.

EN 13

2
19100_049_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-5 Bottom catches 40" and 46" Blockbuster sets -2-

It is advised to lay the set with front facing down before


executing this operation.
1. Remove all screws from the rear cover.
2. Use a round rod (diameter 2 mm) and insert it in one of the
holes [1].
3. Push the catch located inside the rear cover away by
inserting the rod [2] through the hole and lifting the rear
cover at the same time.
4. Repeat the same procedure on the other hole.
4.3.2

19100_050_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-7 Main Power Supply


1. Unplug all connectors [1].
2. Remove the fixation screws [2].
3. Take the board out.
When defective, replace the whole unit.

Speakers

4.3.5

Tweeters
Each tweeter unit is mounted with one screw.
When defective, replace the whole unit.

Refer to Figure 4-8 for details.

Subwoofer
The central subwoofer is located in the centre of the set and is
secured by two bosses.
When defective, replace the whole unit.
4.3.3

Small Signal Board (SSB)

Mains Switch
Refer to Figure 4-6 for details.

1
2

19100_051_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-8 SSB


1. Unplug all connectors [1].
2. Remove the fixation screws [2].
3. Take the board out.
When remounting, ensure that the side shielding [3] is
positioned correctly.

19100_047_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-6 Mains switch


The mains switch is mounted on a plastic subframe and can be
removed without removing the subframe.
1. Use a screwdriver and push the switch out of its casing [1].
2. Unplug the connectors [2].
When defective, replace the whole unit.
4.3.4

Main Power Supply


Refer to Figure 4-7 for details.

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 14
4.3.6

4.

Mechanical Instructions

Q552.2E LA

4.3.7

Keyboard Control, IR & LED Board

Ambilight Units
The Ambilight units can be lifted from the subframes without
the use of tools.
Refer to Figure 4-11 for details.

Refer to Figure 4-9 and Figure 4-10 for details.

1
1

2
1

1
1

19100_052_110216.eps
110216
19100_054_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-9 Keyboard control, IR & LED board [1/2]


Figure 4-11 Ambilight units

1. Unplug the connector [1].


2. Carefully lift the board [2] and take the board out.
When defective, replace the whole unit.

19100_053_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-10 Keyboard control, IR & LED board [2/2]


1. Remove the stand and the plastic support [1].
2. Unplug the connector [2].
3. Remove the screws [3] and take the board out.
When defective, replace the whole unit.

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Mechanical Instructions
4.3.8

Q552.2E LA

4.

EN 15

LCD Panel
Refer to Figure 4-12 and Figure 4-13 for details.

2
2

1
4

19100_055_110216.eps
110216

Figure 4-12 LCD panel [1/2]


1. Remove the SSB as described earlier.
2. Remove the PSU as described earlier.
3. Remove the tweeters with their subframes and subwoofer
as described earlier.
4. Remove the stand and -support as described earlier.
5. Remove the cables [1].
6. Remove the stand subframe [2].
7. Remove the mains switch subframe [3].
8. Remove the Ambilight units together with their subframes
as described earlier.
9. Unplug the connector from the keyboard control-, and IR &
LED board as described earlier.
10. Remove all remaining cables and subframes.
11. Use a screwdriver to release the clamps [4] that secure the
panel and take the panel out.
Remove the clamps from the panel before sending the panel in
for Service.

4
19100_056_110217.eps
110217

Figure 4-13 LCD panel [2/2]

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 16
4.4

4.

Q552.2E LA

Mechanical Instructions

Set Re-assembly
To re-assemble the whole set, execute all processes in reverse
order.
Notes:
While re-assembling, make sure that all cables are placed
and connected in their original position.
Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams in the
set. Ensure that EMC foams are mounted correctly.

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 17

5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter:


5.1 Test Points
5.2 Service Modes
5.3 Stepwise Start-up
5.4 Service Tools
5.5 Error Codes
5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure
5.7 Protections
5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips
5.9 Software Upgrading

5.1

How to Activate SDM


For this chassis there are two kinds of SDM: an analogue SDM
and a digital SDM. Tuning will happen according Table 5-1.
Analogue SDM: use the standard RC-transmitter and key
in the code 062596, directly followed by the MENU (or
HOME) button.
Note: It is possible that, together with the SDM, the main
menu will appear. To switch it off, push the MENU (or
"HOME") button again.
Analogue SDM can also be activated by grounding for a
moment the solder path on the SSB, with the indication
SDM (see Service mode pad).
Digital SDM: use the standard RC-transmitter and key in
the code 062593, directly followed by the MENU (or
"HOME") button.
Note: It is possible that, together with the SDM, the main
menu will appear. To switch it off, push the MENU (or
"HOME") button again.

Test Points
As most signals are digital, it will be difficult to measure
waveforms with a standard oscilloscope. However, several key
ICs are capable of generating test patterns, which can be
controlled via ComPair. In this way it is possible to determine
which part is defective.
Perform measurements under the following conditions:
Service Default Mode.
Video: Colour bar signal.
Audio: 3 kHz left, 1 kHz right.

5.2

All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled, like:


(Sleep) timer.
Child/parental lock.
Picture mute (blue mute or black mute).
Automatic volume levelling (AVL).
Skip/blank of non-favourite pre-sets.

Service Modes
Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode
(SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while
the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication
between the call centre and the customer.

SDM
This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a
hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It
offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code
reading, and software version read-out for all chassis.
(see also section 5.4.1 ComPair).
19100_057_110217.eps
110217

Note: For the new model range, a new remote control (RC) is
used with some renamed buttons. This has an impact on the
activation of the Service modes. For instance the old MENU
button is now called HOME (or is indicated by a house icon).
5.2.1

Figure 5-1 Service mode pad


After activating this mode, SDM will appear in the upper right
corner of the screen (when a picture is available).

Service Default Mode (SDM)

How to Navigate
When the MENU (or HOME) button is pressed on the RC
transmitter, the TV set will toggle between the SDM and the
normal user menu.

Purpose
To create a pre-defined setting, to get the same
measurement results as given in this manual.
To override SW protections detected by stand-by
processor and make the TV start up to the step just before
protection (a sort of automatic stepwise start-up). See
section 5.3 Stepwise Start-up.
To start the blinking LED procedure where only LAYER 2
errors are displayed. (see also section 5.5 Error Codes).

How to Exit SDM


Use one of the following methods:
Switch the set to STAND-BY via the RC-transmitter.
Via a standard customer RC-transmitter: key in 00sequence.

Specifications
5.2.2

Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Table 5-1 SDM default settings

Freq. (MHz)

Default
system

Europe, AP(PAL/Multi)

475.25

PAL B/G

Europe, AP DVB-T

DVB-T
546.00 PID
Video: 0B 06 PID
PCR: 0B 06 PID
Audio: 0B 07

Region

Purpose
To perform (software) alignments.
To change option settings.
To easily identify the used software version.
To view operation hours.
To display (or clear) the error code buffer.
How to Activate SAM
Via a standard RC transmitter: Key in the code 062596
directly followed by the INFO or OK button. After activating
SAM with this method a service warning will appear on the
screen, continue by pressing the OK button on the RC.

All picture settings at 50% (brightness, colour, contrast).


Sound volume at 25%.
back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 18

5.

Q552.2E LA

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Contents of SAM
Hardware Info.
A. SW Version. Displays the software version of the
main software (example: Q555X-1.2.3.4 =
AAAAB_X.Y.W.Z).
AAAA= the chassis name.
B= the SW branch version. This is a sequential
number (this is no longer the region indication, as
the software is now multi-region).
X.Y.W.Z= the software version, where X is the
main version number (different numbers are not
compatible with one another) and Y.W.Z is the sub
version number (a higher number is always
compatible with a lower number).
B. STBY PROC Version. Displays the software
version of the stand-by processor.
C. Production Code. Displays the production code of
the TV, this is the serial number as printed on the back
of the TV set. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is
initialized after corruption, this production code has to
be re-written to NVM. ComPair will foresee in a
possibility to do this.
Operation Hours. Displays the accumulated total of
operation hours (not the stand-by hours). Every time the
TV is switched on/off, 0.5 hours is added to this number.
Errors (followed by maximum 10 errors). The most recent
error is displayed at the upper left (for an error explanation
see section 5.5 Error Codes).
Reset Error Buffer. When cursor right (or OK button)
pressed here, followed by the OK button, the error buffer
is reset.
Alignments. This will activate the ALIGNMENTS submenu. See Chapter 6. Alignments.
Dealer Options. Extra features for the dealers.
Options. Extra features for Service. For more info
regarding option codes, see chapter 6. Alignments.
Note that if the option code numbers are changed, these
have to be confirmed with pressing the OK button before
the options are stored, otherwise changes will be lost.
Initialize NVM. The moment the processor recognizes a
corrupted NVM, the initialize NVM line will be highlighted.
Now, two things can be done (dependent of the service
instructions at that moment):
Save the content of the NVM via ComPair for
development analysis, before initializing. This will give
the Service department an extra possibility for
diagnosis (e.g. when Development asks for this).
Initialize the NVM.

Display Option
Code

39mm

27mm

PHILIPS
PROD.SERIAL NO:

AG 1A0620 000001

(CTN Sticker)

10000_038_090121.eps
090819

Figure 5-2 Location of Display Option Code sticker

Note: When the NVM is corrupted, or replaced, there is a high


possibility that no picture appears because the display code is
not correct. So, before initializing the NVM via the SAM, a
picture is necessary and therefore the correct display option
has to be entered. Refer to Chapter 6. Alignments for details.
To adapt this option, its advised to use ComPair (the correct
values for the options can be found in Chapter 6. Alignments)
or a method via a standard RC (described below).
Changing the display option via a standard RC: Key in the
code 062598 directly followed by the MENU (or "HOME")
button and XXX (where XXX is the 3 digit decimal display
code as mentioned on the sticker in the set). Make sure to key
in all three digits, also the leading zeros. If the above action is
successful, the front LED will go out as an indication that the
RC sequence was correct. After the display option is changed
in the NVM, the TV will go to the Stand-by mode. If the NVM
was corrupted or empty before this action, it will be initialized
first (loaded with default values). This initializing can take up to
20 seconds.

How to Navigate
In SAM, the menu items can be selected with the
2011-Feb-18

040

MODEL:
32PF9968/10

Store - go right. All options and alignments are stored


when pressing cursor right (or the OK button) and then
the OK-button.
Operation hours display. Displays the accumulated total
of operation hours of the screen itself. In case of a display
replacement, reset to 0 or to the consumed operation
hours of the spare display.
SW Maintenance.
SW Events. In case of specific software problems, the
development department can ask for this info.
HW Events. In case of specific software problems, the
development department can ask for this info :
- Event 26: refers to a power dip, this is logged after
the TV set reboots due to a power dip.
- Event 17: refers to the power OK status, sensed even
before the 3 x retry to generate the error code.
Test settings. For development purposes only.
Development file versions. Not useful for Service
purposes, this information is only used by the development
department.
Upload to USB. To upload several settings from the TV to
an USB stick, which is connected to the SSB. The items are
Channel list, Personal settings, Option codes,
Alignments, Identification data (includes the set type
and prod code + all 12NC like SSB, display, boards),
History list. The All item supports to upload all several
items at once.
First a directory repair\ has to be created in the root
of the USB stick.
To upload the settings, select each item separately, press
cursor right (or the OK button), confirm with OK and
wait until the message Done appears. In case the
download to the USB stick was not successful, Failure will
be displayed. In this case, check if the USB stick is
connected properly and if the directory repair is present in
the root of the USB stick. Now the settings are stored onto
the USB stick and can be used to download into another TV
or other SSB. Uploading is of course only possible if the
software is running and preferably a picture is available.
This method is created to be able to save the customers
TV settings and to store them into another SSB.
Download from USB. To download several settings from
the USB stick to the TV, same way of working needs to be
followed as described in Upload to USB. To make sure
that the download of the channel list from USB to the TV is
executed properly, it is necessary to restart the TV and
tune to a valid preset if necessary. The All item supports
to download all several items at once.
NVM editor. For NET TV the set type number must be
entered correctly.
Also the production code (AG code) can be entered here
via the RC-transmitter.
Correct data can be found on the side/rear sticker.
CURSOR UP/DOWN key on the RC-transmitter. The
selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.

EN 19

Contents of CSM
The contents are reduced to 3 pages: General, Software
versions and Quality items. The group names itself are not
shown anywhere in the CSM menu.

fit on the screen, move the CURSOR UP/DOWN key to


display the next/previous menu items.
With the CURSOR LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to:
(De) activate the selected menu item.
(De) activate the selected sub menu.
With the OK key, it is possible to activate the selected
action.

General
Set Type. This information is very helpful for a helpdesk/
workshop as reference for further diagnosis. In this way, it
is not necessary for the customer to look at the rear of the
TV-set. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after
corruption, this set type has to be re-written to NVM.
ComPair will foresee in a possibility to do this. The update
can also be done via the NVM editor available in SAM.
Production Code. Displays the production code (the serial
number) of the TV. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is
initialized after corruption, this production code has to be
re-written to NVM. ComPair will foresee in a possibility to
do this. The update can also be done via the NVM editor
available in SAM.
Installed date. Indicates the date of the first installation of
the TV. This date is acquired via time extraction.
Options 1. Gives the option codes of option group 1 as set
in SAM (Service Alignment Mode).
Options 2. Gives the option codes of option group 2 as set
in SAM (Service Alignment Mode).
12NC SSB. Gives an identification of the SSB as stored in
NVM. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after
corruption, this identification number has to be re-written to
NVM. ComPair will foresee in a possibility to do this. This
identification number is the 12nc number of the SSB.
12NC display. Shows the 12NC of the display.
12NC supply. Shows the 12NC of the power supply.
12NC 200Hz board. Shows the 12NC of the 200Hz Panel
(when present).
12NC AV PIP. Shows the 12NC of the AV PIP board
(when present).

How to Exit SAM


Use one of the following methods:
Switch the TV set to STAND-BY via the RC-transmitter.
Via a standard RC-transmitter, key in 00 sequence, or
select the BACK key.
5.2.3

Q552.2E LA

Customer Service Mode (CSM)


Purpose
When a customer is having problems with his TV-set, he can
call his dealer or the Customer Helpdesk. The service
technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM, in
order to identify the status of the set. Now, the service
technician can judge the severity of the complaint. In many
cases, he can advise the customer how to solve the problem,
or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer.
The CSM is a read only mode; therefore, modifications in this
mode are not possible.
When in this chassis CSM is activated, a test pattern will be
displayed during 5 seconds (1 second Blue, 1 second Green
and 1 second Red, then again 1 second Blue and 1 second
Green). This test pattern is generated by the PNX51X0
(located on the 200Hz board as part of the display). So if this
test pattern is shown, it could be determined that the back end
video chain (PNX51X0 and display) is working.For TV sets
without the PNX51X0 inside, every menu from CSM will be
used as check for the back end chain video.

Software versions
Current main SW. Displays the build-in main software
version. In case of field problems related to software,
software can be upgraded. As this software is consumer
upgradeable, it will also be published on the Internet.
Example: Q55xx1.2.3.4
Stand-by SW. Displays the build-in stand-by processor
software version. Upgrading this software will be possible
via ComPair or via USB (see section 5.9 Software
Upgrading).
Example: STDBY_83.84.0.0.
e-UM version. Displays the electronic user manual SWversion (12NC version number). Most significant number
here is the last digit.
AV PIP software.
3D dongle software version.

When CSM is activated and there is a USB stick connected to


the TV set, the software will dump the CSM content to the USB
stick. The file (CSM_model number_serial number.txt) will be
saved in the root of the USB stick. This info can be handy if no
information is displayed.
When in CSM mode (and a USB stick connected), pressing
OK will create an extended CSM dump file on the USB stick.
This file (Extended_CSM_model number_serial number.txt)
contains:
The normal CSM dump information,
All items (from SAM load to USB, but in readable format),
Operating hours,
Error codes,
SW/HW event logs.
To have fast feedback from the field, a flashdump can be
requested by development. When in CSM, push the red
button and key in serial digits 2679 (same keys to form the
word COPY with a cellphone). A file Dump_model
number_serial number.bin will be written on the connected
USB device. This can take 1/2 minute, depending on the
quantity of data that needs to be dumped.

Quality items
Signal quality. Bad / average /good (not for DVB-S).
Ethernet MAC address. Displays the MAC address
present in the SSB.
Wireless MAC address. Displays the wireless MAC
address to support the Wi-Fi functionality.
BDS key. Indicates if the set is in the BDS status.
CI module. Displays status if the common interface
module is detected.
CI + protected service. Yes/No.
Event counter :
S : 000X 0000(number of software recoveries : SW
EVENT-LOG #(reboots)
S : 0000 000X (number of software events : SW EVENTLOG #(events)
H : 000X 0000(number of hardware errors)
H : 0000 000X (number of hardware events : SW EVENTLOG #(events).

Also when CSM is activated, the LAYER 1 error is displayed via


blinking LED. Only the latest error is displayed (see also
section 5.5 Error Codes).
How to Activate CSM
Key in the code 123654 via the standard RC transmitter.
Note: Activation of the CSM is only possible if there is no (user)
menu on the screen!
How to Navigate
By means of the CURSOR-DOWN/UP knob on the RCtransmitter, can be navigated through the menus.
back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 20

5.

Q552.2E LA

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding


on XVX-line). It is recommended to measure first the FET
7U0X or others FETs on shortcircuit before activating SDM via
the service pads.

How to Exit CSM


Press MENU (or "HOME") / Back key on the RC-transmitter.

5.3

Stepwise Start-up
When the TV is in a protection state due to an error detected by
stand-by software (error blinking is displayed) and SDM is
activated via shortcutting the SDM solder path on the SSB, the
TV starts up until it reaches the situation just before protection.
So, this is a kind of automatic stepwise start-up. In combination
with the start-up diagrams below, you can see which supplies
are present at a certain moment. Caution: in case the start-up
in this mode with a faulty FET 7U0X is done, you can destroy
all ICs supplied by the +1V8 and +1v1, due to overvoltage (12V

The abbreviations SP and MP in the figures stand for:


SP: protection or error detected by the Stand-by
Processor.
MP: protection or error detected by the MIPS Main
Processor.

Mains
off

Mains
on

- WakeUp requested
- Acquisition needed
- Tact switch pushed

St by

WakeUp
requested

Semi
St by

- stby requested and


no data Acquisition
required

Active
- St by requested
- tact SW pushed

Tact switch
pushed

Hibernate

WakeUp
requested
(SDM)

- Tact switch pushed


- last status is hibernate
after mains ON

GoToProtection
GoToProtection

Protection

18770_250_100216.eps
100402

Figure 5-3 Transition diagram

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 21

Off
Stand by or
Protection

Mains is applied

Standby Supply starts running.


All standby supply voltages become available.

st-by P resets

If the protection state was left by short circuiting the


SDM pins, detection of a protection condition during
startup will stall the startup. Protection conditions in a
playing set will be ignored. The protection mode will
not be entered.

Initialise I/O pins of the st-by P:


- Switch reset-AVC LOW (reset state)
- Switch reset-system LOW (reset state)
- Switch reset-Ethernet LOW (reset state)
- Switch reset-USB LOW (reset state)
- Switch reset-DVBs LOW (reset state)
- keep Audio-reset and Audio-Mute-Up HIGH

- Switch Audio-Reset high.


It is low in the standby mode if the standby
mode lasted longer than 10s.

start keyboard scanning, RC detection. Wake up reasons are


off.

Switch ON Platform and display supply by switching


LOW the Standby line.

+12V, +24Vs, AL and Bolt-on power


is switched on, followed by the +1V2 DCDC converter
Detect2 is moved to an interrupt. To be checked if
the detection on interrupt base is feasible or not or if
we should stick to the standard 40ms interval.

Detect2 high received


within 2 seconds?

Yes

12V error:
Layer1: 3
Layer2: 16

No

Enter protection

Enable the DCDC converters


(ENABLE-3V3n LOW)

Wait 50ms

Enable the supply detection algorithm

Set IC slave address


of Standby P to (A0h)

Detect EJTAG debug probe


(pulling pin of the probe interface to
ground by inserting EJTAG probe)

An EJTAG probe (e.g. WindPower ICE probe) can be


connected for Linux Kernel debugging purposes.

EJTAG probe
connected ?

Yes

No
No

No

Cold boot?

Yes
Release AVC system reset
Feed warm boot script

Release AVC system reset


Feed cold boot script

Release AVC system reset


Feed initializing boot script
disable alive mechanism

18770_251_100216.eps
100216

Figure 5-4 Off to Semi Stand-by flowchart (part 1)

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 22

5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

Reset-system is switched HIGH by the


AVC at the end of the bootscript

Reset-system is switched HIGH by the


AVC at the end of the bootscript

AVC releases Reset-Ethernet, Reset-USB and


Reset-DVBs when the end of the AVC bootscript is detected

AVC releases Reset-Ethernet, Reset-USB and


Reset-DVBs when the end of the AVC bootscript is detected

Reset-Audio and Audio-Mute-Up are


switched by MIPS code later on in the
startup process

Reset-Audio and Audio-Mute-Up are


switched by MIPS code later on in the
startup process

No

This cannot be done through the bootscript,


the I/O is on the standby P

Timing need to be updated if


more mature info is available.

Bootscript ready
in 1250 ms?

No

Yes
Set IC slave address
of Standby P to (60h)

RPC start (comm. protocol)


Timing needs to
be updated if more
mature info is
available.

Flash to Ram
image transfer succeeded
within 30s?

No
Code =
Layer1: 2
Layer2: 15

Yes

Switch AVC PNX85500 in


reset (active low)

Code =
Layer1: 2
Layer2: 53

No

SW initialization
succeeded
within 20s?

Wait 10ms

Timing needs to be
updated if more
mature info is
available.

Yes

Enable Alive check mechanism


Disable all supply related protections and
switch off the +3V3 +5V DC/DC converter.
MIPS reads the wake up reason
from standby P.

Wait until AVC starts to


communicate

Wait 5ms

switch off the remaining DC/DC


converters

3-th try?

Startup screen shall only be visible when there is a coldboot to


an active state end situation. The startup screen shall not be
visible when waking up for reboot reasons or waking up to semistandby conditions or waking up to enter Hibernate mode..

Wake up reason
coldboot & not semistandby?
yes

Switch Standby I/O line high


and wait 4 seconds

The first time after the option turn on of the startup screen or
when the set is virgin, the cfg file is not present and hence
the startup screen will not be shown.

Startup screen cfg file


present?

Yes

yes

Blink Code as
error code

200Hz set?

yes

No

Enter protection

85500 sends out startup screen

85500 sends out startup screen

85500 starts up the display.

200Hz Tcon has started up the


display.

Startup screen visible

85500 requests Lamp on

No

No
To keep this flowchart readable, the exact
display turn on description is not copied
here. Please see the Semi-standby to On
description for the detailed display startup
During the complete display time of the
Startup screen, the preheat condition of
sequence.
100% PWM is valid.

Startup screen visible

Initialize audio
initialize tuner and channel decoders
Initialize source selection
Initialize video processing ICs

initialize AutoTV by triggering CHS AutoTV Init interface


Initialize Ambilight with Lights off.

Semi-Standby
18770_252_100216.eps
100216

Figure 5-5 Off to Semi Stand-by flowchart (part 2)

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 23

Constraints taken into account:


- Display may only be started when valid LVDS output clock can be delivered by the AVC.
- To have a reliable operation of the EEFL backlight, the backlight should be driven with a maximum PWM duty
cycle during the first seconds. Only after this first one or two seconds, the PWM may be set to the required output
level (Note that the PWM output should be present before the backlight is switched on). To minimize the artefacts,
the picture should only be unblanked after these first seconds.

Semi Standby

The assumption here is that a fast toggle (<2s) can


only happen during ON->SEMI ->ON. In these states,
the AVC is still active and can provide the 2s delay. A
transition ON->SEMI->STBY->SEMI->ON cannot be
made in less than 2s, because the standby state will
be maintained for at least 4s.

Wait until previous on-state is left more than 2


seconds ago. (to prevent LCD display problems)

Assert RGB video blanking


and audio mute

CPipe already generates a valid output


clock in the semi-standby state: display
startup can start immediately when leaving
the semi-standby state.

Display already on?


(splash screen)
No

Switch on the display power by


switching LCD-PWR-ON low

The exact timings to


switch on the
display (LVDS
delay, lamp delay)
are defined in the
display file.

Yes
Wait x ms
Initialize audio and video
processing IC's and functions
according needed use case.

Switch on LVDS output in the 85500


Delay Lamp-on with the sum of the LVDS delay and
the Lamp delay indicated in the display file

Switch off the dimming backlight feature, set


the BOOST control to nominal and make sure
PWM output is set to maximum allowed PWM

Switch on LCD backlight (Lamp-ON)

Start POK line


detection algorithm

Wait until valid and stable audio and video, corresponding to the
requested output is delivered by the AVC
AND
the backlight has been switched on for at least the time which is
indicated in the display file as preheat time.

return

Switch Audio-Reset low and wait 5ms


A LED set does not normally need a
preheat time. The preheat remains present
but is set to zero in the display file.

Release audio mute and wait 100ms before any other audio
handling is done (e.g. volume change)

Restore dimming backlight feature, PWM and BOOST output


and unblank the video.

The higher level requirement is that audio and video


should be demuted without transient effects and that
the audio should be demuted maximum 1s before or
at the same time as the unblanking of the video.

Switch on the Ambilight functionality according the last status


settings.

Startup screen Option


and Installation setting
Photoscreen ON?
Yes
Display cfg file present
and up to date, according
correct display option?
No
No
Yes
Prepare Start screen Display config
file and copy to Flash

Active
18770_253_100216.eps
100216

Figure 5-6 Semi Stand-by to Active flowchart (EEFL or LED backlight 50/100 Hz only)

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 24

5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

The assumption here is that a fast toggle (<2s)


can only happen during ON->SEMI ->ON. In
these states, the AVC is still active and can
provide the 2s delay. If the transition ON->SEMI>STBY->SEMI->ON can be made in less than 2s,
we have to delay the semi -> stby transition until
the requirement is met.

Semi Standby
Wait until previous on-state is left more than 2
seconds ago. (to prevent LCD display problems)

Assert RGB video blanking


and audio mute

There is no need to define the


display timings since the timing
implementation is part of the Tcon.

Backlight already on?


(splash screen)
Yes
Initialize audio and video
processing IC's and functions
according needed use case.

No
Request Tcon to Switch on the backlight in a
direct LED or
set Lamp-on I/O line in case of a side LED

Start POK line


detection algorithm
Wait until valid and stable audio and video, corresponding to
the requested output is delivered by the AVC.
return
Switch Audio-Reset low and wait 5ms

The higher level requirement is that audio and


video should be demuted without transient
effects and that the audio should be demuted
maximum 1s before or at the same time as the
unblanking of the video.

Release audio mute and wait 100ms before any other audio
handling is done (e.g. volume change)

unblank the video.

Switch on the Ambilight functionality according the last status


settings.

Startup screen Option


and Installation setting
Photoscreen ON?
Yes
Display cfg file present
and up to date, according
correct display option?
No
No
Yes
Prepare Start screen Display config
file and copy to Flash

Active
18770_254_100216.eps
100216

Figure 5-7 Semi Stand-by to Active flowchart (LED backlight 200 Hz)

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 25

Active
Mute all sound outputs via softmute

Wait 100ms

Set main amplifier mute (I/O: audio-mute)

Force ext audio outputs to ground


(I/O: audio reset)
And wait 5ms

switch off Ambilight

Wait until Ambilight has faded out: Output power


Observer should be zero

Switch off POK line


detection algorithm

switch off LCD backlight


(I/O or IC)

Mute all video outputs

Yes

200Hz set?

No

Wait x ms (display file)


Instruct 200Hz
Tcon to turn off
the display

Switch off LVDS output in 85500

Wait x ms

The exact timings to


switch off the
display (LVDS
delay, lamp delay)
are defined in the
display file.

Switch off the display power by


switching LCD-PWR-ON high

Semi Standby
18770_255_100216.eps
100216

Figure 5-8 Active to Semi Stand-by flowchart

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 26

5.

Q552.2E LA

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Semi Stand by

If ambientlight functionality was used in semi-standby


(lampadaire mode), switch off ambient light (see CHS
ambilight)

Delay transition until ramping down of ambient light is


finished. *)

*) If this is not performed and the set is


switched to standby when the switch off of
the ambilights is still ongoing, the lights will
switch off abruptly when the supply is cut.

transfer Wake up reasons to the Stand by P.

Switch Memories to self-refresh (this creates a more


stable condition when switching off the power).

Switch AVC system in reset state (reset-system and


reset-AVC lines)
Switch reset-USB, Reset-Ethernet and Reset-DVBs
LOW

Wait 10ms

Disable all supply related protections and switch off


the DC/DC converters (ENABLE-3V3n)

Wait 5ms

Switch OFF all supplies by switching HIGH the


Standby I/O line

Important remarks:
release reset audio 10 sec after entering
standby to save power
Also here, the standby state has to be
maintained for at least 4s before starting
another state transition.

Stand by
18770_256_100216.eps
100216

Figure 5-9 Semi Stand-by to Stand-by flowchart

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding


5.4

Service Tools

5.5

Error Codes

5.4.1

ComPair

5.5.1

Introduction

Introduction
ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips
Consumer Electronics products. and offers the following:
1. ComPair helps to quickly get an understanding on how to
repair the chassis in a short and effective way.
2. ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore
capable of accurately indicating problem areas. No
knowledge on I2C or UART commands is necessary,
because ComPair takes care of this.
3. ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can
automatically communicate with the chassis (when the P
is working) and all repair information is directly available.
4. ComPair features TV software up possibilities.

TO TV

ComPair II
RC in

RC out

TO
UART SERVICE
CONNECTOR

Multi
function

Optional Power Link/ Mode


Switch
Activity

I2C

EN 27

New in this chassis is the way errors can be displayed:

How to Connect
This is described in the chassis fault finding database in
ComPair.

TO
I2C SERVICE
CONNECTOR

5.

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last
time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to
right, new errors are logged at the left side, and all other errors
shift one position to the right.
When an error occurs, it is added to the list of errors, provided
the list is not full. When an error occurs and the error buffer is
full, then the new error is not added, and the error buffer stays
intact (history is maintained).
To prevent that an occasional error stays in the list forever, the
error is removed from the list after more than 50 hrs. of
operation.
When multiple errors occur (errors occurred within a short time
span), there is a high probability that there is some relation
between them.

Specifications
ComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program
and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product.
The ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an
USB cable. For the TV chassis, the ComPair interface box and
the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service
connector(s).
The ComPair fault finding program is able to determine the
problem of the defective television, by a combination of
automatic diagnostics and an interactive question/answer
procedure.

TO
UART SERVICE
CONNECTOR

Q552.2E LA

RS232 /UART

If no errors are there, the LED should not blink at all in


CSM or SDM. No spacer must be displayed as well.
There is a simple blinking LED procedure for board
level repair (home repair) so called LAYER 1 errors
next to the existing errors which are LAYER 2 errors (see
Table 5-2).
LAYER 1 errors are one digit errors.
LAYER 2 errors are 2 digit errors.
In protection mode.
From consumer mode: LAYER 1.
From SDM mode: LAYER 2.
Fatal errors, if I2C bus is blocked and the set reboots,
CSM and SAM are not selectable.
From consumer mode: LAYER 1.
From SDM mode: LAYER 2.
In CSM mode.
When entering CSM: error LAYER 1 will be displayed
by blinking LED. Only the latest error is shown.
In SDM mode.
When SDM is entered via Remote Control code or the
hardware pins, LAYER 2 is displayed via blinking LED.
Error display on screen.
In CSM no error codes are displayed on screen.
In SAM the complete error list is shown.

PC

Basically there are three kinds of errors:


Errors detected by the Stand-by software which lead to
protection. These errors will always lead to protection and
an automatic start of the blinking LED LAYER 1 error.
(see section 5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure).
Errors detected by the Stand-by software which not
lead to protection. In this case the front LED should blink
the involved error. See also section 5.5 Error Codes, 5.5.4
Error Buffer. Note that it can take up several minutes
before the TV starts blinking the error (e.g. LAYER 1
error = 2, LAYER 2 error = 15 or 53).
Errors detected by main software (MIPS). In this case
the error will be logged into the error buffer and can be read
out via ComPair, via blinking LED method LAYER 1-2
error, or in case picture is visible, via SAM.

ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge

HDMI
I2C only

Optional power
5V DC

10000_036_090121.eps
091118

Figure 5-10 ComPair II interface connection


Caution: It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as
shown in the picture above (with the ComPair interface in
between), as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter. If
one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART), ICs can be
blown!

5.5.2

How to Read the Error Buffer


Use one of the following methods:
On screen via the SAM (only when a picture is visible).
E.g.:
00 00 00 00 00: No errors detected
23 00 00 00 00: Error code 23 is the last and only
detected error.
37 23 00 00 00: Error code 23 was first detected and
error code 37 is the last detected error.
Note that no protection errors can be logged in the
error buffer.

How to Order
ComPair II order codes:
ComPair II interface: 3122 785 91020.
Software is available via the Philips Service web portal.
ComPair UART interface cable for Q55x.x.
(using 3.5 mm Mini Jack connector): 3138 188 75051.
Note: When you encounter problems, contact your local
support desk.
back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 28

5.5.3

5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

content, as this history can give significant information). This to


ensure that old error codes are no longer present.
If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In
some situations, an error code is only the result of another error
code and not the actual cause (e.g. a fault in the protection
detection circuitry can also lead to a protection).
There are several mechanisms of error detection:
Via error bits in the status registers of ICs.
Via polling on I/O pins going to the stand-by processor.
Via sensing of analog values on the stand-by processor or
the PNX8550.
Via a not acknowledge of an I2C communication.

Via the blinking LED procedure. See section 5.5.3 How to


Clear the Error Buffer.
Via ComPair.

How to Clear the Error Buffer


Use one of the following methods:
By activation of the RESET ERROR BUFFER command
in the SAM menu.
If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50+
hours, it resets automatically.

5.5.4

Error Buffer

Take notice that some errors need several minutes before they
start blinking or before they will be logged. So in case of
problems wait 2 minutes from start-up onwards, and then
check if the front LED is blinking or if an error is logged.

In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before


starting to repair (before clearing the buffer, write down the
Table 5-2 Error code overview

Description

Monitored Error/ Error Buffer/


Layer 1 Layer 2 by
Prot Blinking LED Device

Defective Board

I2C3

13

MIPS

BL / EB

SSB

SSB

I2C2

14

MIPS

BL / EB

SSB

SSB

I2C4

18

MIPS

BL / EB

SSB

SSB

PNX doesnt boot (HW cause) 2

15

Stby P

BL

PNX8550

SSB

12V

16

Stby P

BL

Supply

Inverter or display supply

17

MIPS

EB

Supply

PNX51X0

2/9

21

MIPS

EB

PNX51X0

200 Hz board

HDMI mux

23

MIPS

EB

Sil9x87A

SSB

I2C switch

24

MIPS

EB

PCA9540

SSB

Channel dec DVB-S

28

MIPS

EB

STV0903

SSB

Lnb controller

31

MIPS

EB

LNBH23

SSB

Tuner

34

MIPS

EB

DTT 71300

SSB

Main nvm

35

MIPS

EB

STM24C64

SSB

Tuner DVB-S

36

MIPS

EB

STV6110

SSB

T sensor SSB/set

42

MIPS

EB

LM 75

T sensor

T sensor LED driver/Tcon

42

MIPS

EB

LM 75

T sensor

PNX doesnt boot (SW cause) 2

53

Stby P

BL

PNX8550

SSB

Display

64

MIPS

BL / EB

Altera

Display

Extra Info
Rebooting. When a TV is constantly rebooting due to
internal problems, most of the time no errors will be logged
or blinked. This rebooting can be recognized via a ComPair
interface and Hyperterminal (for Hyperterminal settings,
see section 5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips, 5.8.7
Logging). Its shown that the loggings which are generated
by the main software keep continuing. In this case
diagnose has to be done via ComPair.
Error 13 (I2C bus 3, SSB bus blocked). Current situation:
when this error occurs, the TV will constantly reboot due to
the blocked bus. The best way for further diagnosis here, is
to use ComPair.
Error 14 (I2C bus 2, TV set bus blocked). Current
situation: when this error occurs, the TV will constantly
reboot due to the blocked bus. The best way for further
diagnosis here, is to use ComPair.
Error 18 (I2C bus 4, Tuner bus blocked). In case this bus
is blocked, short the SDM solder paths on the SSB during
startup, LAYER error 2 = 18 will be blinked.
Error 15 (PNX8550 doesnt boot). Indicates that the main
processor was not able to read his bootscript. This error will
point to a hardware problem around the PNX8550
(supplies not OK, PNX 8550 completely dead, I2C link
between PNX and Stand-by Processor broken, etc...).
When error 15 occurs it is also possible that I2C1 bus is
blocked (NVM). I2C1 can be indicated in the schematics as
follows: SCL-UP-MIPS, SDA-UP-MIPS.
LAYER 2 error = 28 will be logged and displayed via the
2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Other root causes for this error can be due to hardware


problems regarding the DDRs and the bootscript reading
from the PNX8550.
Error 16 (12V). This voltage is made in the power supply
and results in protection (LAYER 1 error = 3) in case of
absence. When SDM is activated we see blinking LED
LAYER 2 error = 16.
Error 17 (Invertor or Display Supply). Here the status of
the Power OK is checked by software, no protection will
occur during failure of the invertor or display supply (no
picture), only error logging. LED blinking of LAYER 1
error = 3 in CSM, in SDM this gives LAYER 2 error = 17.
Error 21 (PNX51X0). When there is no I2C communication
towards the PNX51X0 after start-up, LAYER 2 error = 21
will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED
procedure if SDM is switched on. This device is located on
the 200 Hz panel from the display.
Error 23 (HDMI). When there is no I2C communication
towards the HDMI mux after start-up, LAYER 2 error = 23
will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED
procedure if SDM is switched on.
Error 24 (I2C switch). When there is no I2C
communication towards the I2C switch, LAYER 2
error = 24 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED
procedure when SDM is switched on. Remark: this only
works for TV sets with an I2C controlled screen included.
Error 28 (Channel dec DVB-S). When there is no I2C
communication towards the DVB-S channel decoder,
blinking LED procedure if SDM is switched on.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Error 31 (Lnb controller). When there is no I2C


communication towards this device, LAYER 2 error = 31
will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED
procedure if SDM is activated.
Error 34 (Tuner). When there is no I2C communication
towards the tuner during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 34 will
be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure
when SDM is switched on.
Error 35 (main NVM). When there is no I2C
communication towards the main NVM during start-up,
LAYER 2 error = 35 will be displayed via the blinking LED
procedure when SDM is switched on. All service modes
(CSM, SAM and SDM) are accessible during this failure,
observed in the Uart logging as follows: "<< ERRO >>>
PFPOW_.C: First Error (id19, Layer_1= 2 Layer_= 35)".
Error 36 (Tuner DVB-S). When there is no I2C
communication towards the DVB-S tuner during start-up,
LAYER 2 error = 36 will be logged and displayed via the
blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched on.
Error 42 (Temp sensor). Only applicable for TV sets
equipped with temperature devices.
Error 53. This error will indicate that the PNX8550 has
read his bootscript (when this would have failed, error 15
would blink) but initialization was never completed because
of hardware problems (NAND flash, ...) or software
initialization problems. Possible cause could be that there
is no valid software loaded (try to upgrade to the latest main
software version). Note that it can take a few minutes
before the TV starts blinking LAYER 1 error = 2 or in SDM,
LAYER 2 error = 53.
Error 64. Only applicable for TV sets with an I2C controlled
screen.

5.6

The Blinking LED Procedure

5.6.1

Introduction

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 29

4. Six short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s


5. One long blink of 3 s to finish the sequence (spacer).
6. The sequence starts again.
5.6.2

How to Activate
Use one of the following methods:
Activate the CSM. The blinking front LED will show only
the latest layer 1 error, this works in normal operation
mode or automatically when the error/protection is
monitored by the Stand-by processor.
In case no picture is shown and there is no LED blinking,
read the logging to detect whether error devices are
mentioned. (see section 5.8 Fault Finding and Repair
Tips, 5.8.7 Logging).
Activate the SDM. The blinking front LED will show the
entire content of the LAYER 2 error buffer, this works in
normal operation mode or when SDM (via hardware pins)
is activated when the tv set is in protection.

5.7

Protections

5.7.1

Software Protections
Most of the protections and errors use either the stand-by
microprocessor or the MIPS controller as detection device.
Since in these cases, checking of observers, polling of ADCs,
and filtering of input values are all heavily software based,
these protections are referred to as software protections.
There are several types of software related protections, solving
a variety of fault conditions:
Related to supplies: presence of the +5V, +3V3 and 1V2
needs to be measured, no protection triggered here.
Protections related to breakdown of the safety check
mechanism. E.g. since the protection detections are done
by means of software, failing of the software will have to
initiate a protection mode since safety cannot be
guaranteed any more.

The blinking LED procedure can be split up into two situations:


Blinking LED procedure LAYER 1 error. In this case the
error is automatically blinked when the TV is put in CSM.
This will be only one digit error, namely the one that is
referring to the defective board (see table 5-2 Error code
overview) which causes the failure of the TV. This
approach will especially be used for home repair and call
centres. The aim here is to have service diagnosis from a
distance.
Blinking LED procedure LAYER 2 error. Via this
procedure, the contents of the error buffer can be made
visible via the front LED. In this case the error contains
2 digits (see table 5-2 Error code overview) and will be
displayed when SDM (hardware pins) is activated. This is
especially useful for fault finding and gives more details
regarding the failure of the defective board.
Important remark:
For an empty error buffer, the LED should not blink at all in
CSM or SDM. No spacer will be displayed.

Remark on the Supply Errors


The detection of a supply dip or supply loss during the normal
playing of the set does not lead to a protection, but to a cold
reboot of the set. If the supply is still missing after the reboot,
the TV will go to protection.
Protections during Start-up
During TV start-up, some voltages and IC observers are
actively monitored to be able to optimise the start-up speed,
and to assure good operation of all components. If these
monitors do not respond in a defined way, this indicates a
malfunction of the system and leads to a protection. As the
observers are only used during start-up, they are described in
the start-up flow in detail (see section 5.3 Stepwise Start-up).
5.7.2

When one of the blinking LED procedures is activated, the front


LED will show (blink) the contents of the error buffer. Error
codes greater then 10 are shown as follows:
1. n long blinks (where n = 1 to 9) indicating decimal digit
2. A pause of 1.5 s
3. n short blinks (where n= 1 to 9)
4. A pause of approximately 3 s,
5. When all the error codes are displayed, the sequence
finishes with a LED blink of 3 s (spacer).
6. The sequence starts again.

Hardware Protections
The only real hardware protection in this chassis appears in
case of an audio problem e.g. DC voltage on the speakers. This
protection will only affect the Class D audio amplifier (item
7D10; see diagram B03A) and puts the amplifier in a
continuous burst mode (cyclus approximately 2 seconds).
Repair Tip
There still will be a picture available but no sound. While
the Class D amplifier tries to start-up again, the cone of the
loudspeakers will move slowly in one or the other direction
until the initial failure shuts the amplifier down, this cyclus
starts over and over again. The headphone amplifier will
also behaves similar.

Example: Error 12 8 6 0 0.
After activation of the SDM, the front LED will show:
1. One long blink of 750 ms (which is an indication of the
decimal digit) followed by a pause of 1.5 s
2. Two short blinks of 250 ms followed by a pause of 3 s
3. Eight short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s
back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 30
5.8

5.

Q552.2E LA

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Fault Finding and Repair Tips

Read also section 5.5 Error Codes, 5.5.4 Error Buffer, Extra
Info.
5.8.1

+3V3-STANDY (3V3 nominal) is the permanent voltage,


supplying the Stand-by microprocessor inside PNX855xx.

Ambilight

Supply voltage +1V1 is started immediately when +12V voltage


becomes available (+12V is enabled by STANDBY signal when
"low"). Supply voltages +3V3, +2V5, +1V8, +1V2 and +5V-TUN
are switched "on" by signal ENABLE-3V3 when "low", provided
that +12V (detected via 7U40 and 7U41) is present.

Due to degeneration process of the LEDs fitted on the ambi


module, there can be a difference in the colour and/or light
output of the spare ambilight modules in comparison with the
originals ones contained in the TV set. Via SAM => alignments
=> ambilight, the spare module can be adjusted.
5.8.2

+12V is considered OK (=> DETECT2 signal becomes "high",


+12V to +1V8, +12V to +3V3, +12V to +5V DC-DC converter
can be started up) if it rises above 10V and doesnt drop below
9V5. A small delay of a few milliseconds is introduced between
the start-up of 12V to +1V8 DC-DC converter and the two other
DC-DC converters via 7U48 and associated components.

Audio Amplifier
The Class D-IC 7D10 has a powerpad for cooling. When the IC
is replaced it must be ensured that the powerpad is very well
pushed to the PWB while the solder is still liquid. This is needed
to insure that the cooling is guaranteed, otherwise the Class DIC could break down in short time.

5.8.3

Description DVB-S2:
LNB-RF1 (0V = disabled, 14V or 18V in normal operation)
LNB supply generated via the second conversion channel
of 7T03 followed by 7T50 LNB supply control IC. It provides
supply voltage that feeds the outdoor satellite reception
equipment.
+3V3-DVBS (3V3 nominal), +2V5-DVBS (2V5 nominal)
and +1V-DVBS (1.03V nominal) power supply for the
silicon tuner and channel decoder. +1V-DVBS is generated
via a 5V to 1V DC-DC converter and is stabilized at the
point of load (channel decoder) by means of feedback
signal SENSE+1V0-DVBS. +3V3-DVBS and +2V5-DVBS
are generated via linear stabilizers from +5V-DVBS that by
itself is generated via the first conversion channel of 7T03.

AV PIP
To check the AV PIP board (if present) functionality, a
dedicated tespattern can be invoke as follows: select the
multiview icon in the User Interface and press the OK
button. Apply for the main picture an extended source, e.g.
HDMI input. Proceed by entering CSM (push 123654 on the
remote control) and press the yellow button. A coloured
testpattern should appear now, generated by the AV PIP board
(this can take a few seconds).

5.8.4

CSM

At start-up, +24V becomes available when STANDBY signal is


"low" (together with +12V for the basic board), when +3V3 from
the basic board is present the two DC-DC converters channels
inside 7T03 are activated. Initially only the 24V to 5V converter
(channel 1 of 7T03 generating +5V-DVBS) will effectively work,
while +V-LNB is held at a level around 11V7 via diode 6T55.
After 7T05 is initialized, the second channel of 7T03 will start
and generates a voltage higher then LNB-RF1 with 0V8. +5VDVBS start-up will imply +3V3-DVBS start-up, with a small
delay of a few milliseconds => +2V5-DVBS and +1V-DVBS will
be enabled.

When CSM is activated and there is a USB stick connected to


the TV, the software will dump the complete CSM content to the
USB stick. The file (Csm.txt) will be saved in the root of the USB
stick. If this mechanism works it can be concluded that a large
part of the operating system is already working (MIPS, USB...)
5.8.5

DC/DC Converter
Description basic board

If +24V drops below +15V level then the DVB-S2 supply will
stop, even if +3V3 is still present.

The basic board power supply consists of 4 DC/DC converters


and 5 linear stabilizers. All DC/DC converters have +12V input
voltage and deliver:
+1V1 supply voltage (1.15V nominal), for the core voltage
of PNX855xx, stabilized close to the point of load;
SENSE+1V1 signal provides the DC-DC converter the
needed feedback to achieve this.
+1V8 supply voltage, for the DDR2 memories and DDR2
interface of PNX855xx.
+3V3 supply voltage (3.30V nominal), overall 3.3 V for
onboard ICs, for non-5000 series SSB diversities only.
+5V (5.15V nominal) for USB, WIFI and Conditional
Access Module and +5V5-TUN for +5V-TUN tuner
stabilizer.

Debugging
The best way to find a failure in the DC/DC converters is to
check their start-up sequence at power on via the mains cord,
presuming that the stand-by microprocessor and the external
supply are operational. Take STANDBY signal "high"-to-"low"
transition as time reference.
When +12V becomes available (maximum 1 second after
STANDBY signal goes "low") then +1V1 is started immediately.
After ENABLE-3V3 goes "low", all the other supply voltages
should rise within a few milliseconds.
Tips
Behaviour comparison with a reference TV550 platform
can be a fast way to locate failures.
If +12V stays "low", check the integrity of fuse 1U40.
Check the integrity (at least no short circuit between drain
and source) of the power MOS-FETs before starting up the
platform in SDM, otherwise many components might be
damaged. Using a ohmmeter can detect short circuits
between any power rail and ground or between +12V and
any other power rail.
Short circuit at the output of an integrated linear stabilizer
(7UC0, 7UD2 or 7UD3) will heat up this device strongly.
Switching frequencies should be 500 kHz ...600 kHz for
12 V to 1.1 V and 12 V to 1.8 V DC-DC converters,

The linear stabilizers are providing:


+1V2 supply voltage (1.2V nominal), stabilized close to
PNX855xx device, for various other internal blocks of
PNX855xx; SENSE+1V2 signal provides the needed
feedback to achieve this.
+2V5 supply voltage (2.5V nominal) for LVDS interface and
various other internal blocks of PNX855xx; for 5000 series
SSB diversities the stabilizer is 7UD2 while for the other
diversities 7UC0 is used.
+3V3 supply voltage (3V3 nominal) for 5000 series SSB
diversities, provided by 7UD3; in this case the 12V to 3V3
DC-DC converter is not present.

2011-Feb-18

+5V-TUN supply voltage (5V nominal) for tuner and IF


amplifier.

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Exit Factory Mode


When an F is displayed in the screens right corner, this
means the set is in Factory mode, and it normally
happens after a new SSB is mounted. To exit this mode, push
the VOLUME minus button on the TVs local keyboard for 10
seconds (this disables the continuous mode).
Then push the SOURCE button for 10 seconds until the F
disappears from the screen.

5.8.7

Logging

EN 31

Defective sectors (bad blocks) in the Nand Flash can also be


reported in the logging.

When something is wrong with the TV set (f.i. the set is


rebooting) you can check for more information via the logging
in Hyperterminal. The Hyperterminal is available in every
Windows application via Programs, Accessories,
Communications, Hyperterminal. Connect a ComPair UARTcable (3138 188 75051) from the service connector in the TV to
the multi function jack at the front of ComPair II box.
Required settings in ComPair before starting to log:
- Start up the ComPair application.
- Select the correct database (open file Q55X.X, this will set
the ComPair interface in the appropriate mode).
- Close ComPair
After start-up of the Hyperterminal, fill in a name (f.i. logging)
in the Connection Description box, then apply the following
settings:
1. COMx
2. Bits per second = 115200
3. Data bits = 8
4. Parity = none
5. Stop bits = 1
6. Flow control = none
During the start-up of the TV set, the logging will be displayed.
This is also the case during rebooting of the TV set (the same
logging appears time after time). Also available in the logging
is the Display Option Code (useful when there is no picture),
look for item DisplayRawNumber in the beginning of the
logging. Tip: when there is no picture available during rebooting
you are able to check for error devices in the logging (LAYER
2 error) which can be very helpful to determine the failure cause
of the reboot. For protection state, there is no logging.
5.8.8

5.

Uart loggings reporting fault conditions, error messages, error


codes, fatal errors:
Failure messages should be checked and investigated.For
instance fatal error on the PNX51x0: check startup of the
back-end processor, supplies..reset, I2C bus. => error
mentioned in the logging as: *51x0 failed to start by itself*.
Some failures are indicated by error codes in the logging,
check with error codes table (see Table 5-2 Error code
overview).e.g. => <<<ERROR>>>PLFPOW_MERR.C :
First Error (id=10,Layer_1=2,Layer_2=23).

I2C bus error mentioned as e.g.: I2C bus 4 blocked.


Not all failures or error messages should be interpreted as
fault.For instance root cause can be due to wrong option
codes settings => e.g. DVBS2Suppoprted : False/True.
In the Uart log startup script we can observe and check the
enabled loaded option codes.

900 kHz for 12 V to 3.3 V and 12 V to 5 V DC-DC


converters. The DVB-S2 supply 24 V to 5 V and 24 V to +V
LNB DC-DC converters operates at 300 kHz while for 5 V
to 1.1 V DC-DC converter 900 kHz is used.
5.8.6

Q552.2E LA

Startup in the SW upgrade application and observe the Uart


logging:
Starting up the TV set in the Manual Software Upgrade mode
will show access to USB, meant to copy software content from
USB to the DRAM.Progress is shown in the logging as follows:
cosupgstdcmds_mcmdwritepart: Programming 102400 bytes,
40505344 of 40607744 bytes programmed.
Startup in Jett Mode:
Check Uart logging in Jet mode mentioned as : JETT UART
READY.
Uart logging changing preset:
=> COMMAND: calling DFB source = RC6, system=0, key = 4.

5.8.9

Loudspeakers
Make sure that the volume is set to minimum during
disconnecting the speakers in the ON-state of the TV. The
audio amplifier can be damaged by disconnecting the speakers
during ON-state of the set!

5.8.10 PSL
In case of no picture when CSM (test pattern) is activated and
backlight doesnt light up, its recommended first to check the
inverter on the PSL + wiring (LAYER 2 error = 17 is displayed
in SDM).

Guidelines Uart logging

5.8.11 Tuner

Description possible cases:


Uart loggings are displayed:
When Uart loggings are coming out, the first conclusion we
can make is that the TV set is starting up and
communication with the flash RAM seems to be supported.
The PNX855xx is able to read and write in the DRAMs.
We can not yet conclude : Flash RAM and DRAMs are fully
operational/reliable.There still can be errors in the data
transfers, DRAM erros, read/write speed and timing
control.

Attention: In case the tuner is replaced, always check the tuner


options!
5.8.12 Display option code
Attention: In case the SSB is replaced, always check the
display option code in SAM, even when picture is available.
Performance with the incorrect display option code can lead to
unwanted side-effects for certain conditions.

No Uart logging at all:


In case there is no Uart logging coming out, check if the
startup script can be send over the I2C bus (3 trials to
startup) + power supplies are switched on and stable.
No startup will end up in a blinking LED status : error
LAYER 1 = 2, error LAYER 2 = 53 (startup with SDM
solder paths short).
Error LAYER 2 = 15 (hardware cause) is more related to
a supply issue while error LAYER 2 = 53 (software cause)
refers more to boot issues.

New in this chassis:


While in the download application (start up in TV mode + OK
button pressed), the display option code can be changed via
062598 HOME XXX special SAM command (XXX=display
option in 3 digits).

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 32

5.

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.8.13 SSB Replacement


Follow the instructions in the flowchart in case a SSB has to be
exchanged. See figure SSB replacement flowchart.
In st ru ct io n n o t e SSB rep lacem en t Q543.x, Q548.x, Q549.x, and Q55x.x

ST AR T

Before starting:
- prepare a USB memory stick with the latest software
- download the latest Main Software (Fus) from www.p4c.philips.com
- unzip this file
- create a folder upgrades in the root of a USB stick (size > 50 MB) and
save the autorun.upg file in this "upgrades" folder.
Note: it is possible to rename this file, e.g."Q54x_SW_version.upg"; this in
case there are more than one "autorun.upg" files on the USB stick.

Set is still oper ating?


No
Yes

C onnect the U SB stick to the set,


go to SAM and save the current TV settings via Upload to USB
1. D isconnect the WiF i module fr om the PC I connector (only for Q549.x SSB)
2. Replace the SSB by a Service SSB.
3. Place the WiFi module in the PCI connector.
4. Mount the Service SSB in the set.

Start-up the set


Due to a possible wrong display option code in the received Service
SSB (NVM), its possible that no picture is displayed. Due to this
the download application will not be shown either. This tree enables you
to load the main software step-by-step via the UART logging on the PC
(this for visual feedback).
No pictur e displayed

1) Start up the TV set, equiped with the Service SSB,


and enable the UART logging on the PC.

Set behaviour?

Pictur e displayed
Set is starting up without software
upgrade menu appearing on screen

Pictur e displayed
Set is starting up with software
upgrade menu appearing on screen

2) The TV set will start-up automatically in the


download application if main TV software is not loaded.

3) Plug the prepared USB stick into the TV set. Follow the
instructions in the UART log file, press Right cursor key to enter
the list. Navigate to the autorun.upg file in the UART logging
printout via the cursor keys on the remote control. When the
correct file is selected, press Ok.

1) Plug the USB stick into the TV set and select


the autorun .upg file in the displayed browser.

2) Now the main software will be loaded automatically,


supported by a progress bar.
4) Press "Down" cursor and Ok to start flashing the main
TV software. Printouts like: L: 1-100%, V: 1-100% and
P: 1-100% should be visible now in the UART logging.

5) Wait until the message Operation successful ! is logged in


the UART log and remove all inserted media. Restart the TV set.

3) Wait until the message Operation successful ! is displayed


and remove all inserted media. Restart the TV set.

Set the correct Display code via 062598 -HOME- xxx where
xxx is the 3 digit display panel code (see sticker on the side
or bottom of the cabinet)

After entering the Display Option code, the set is going to


Standby
(= validation of code)

No

Connect PC via the ComPair interface to Service connector.

Restart the set

Saved settings
on USB stick?

Yes

Start TV in Jett mode (DVD I + (OSD))


Open ComPair browser Q54x

Go to SAM and reload settings


via Download from USB function.

In case of settings reloaded from USB, the set type,


serial number, display 12 NC, are automatically stored
when entering display options.

Program set type number, serial number, and display 12 NC


Program E - DFU if needed.
If not already done:
Check latest software on Service website.
Update main and Stand-by software via USB.

Attention point for Net TV: If the set type and serial number are not
filled in, the Net TV functionality will not work. It will not be possible
to connect to the internet.

- Check if correct display option code is programmed.


- Verify option codes according to sticker inside the set.
- Default settings for white drive > see Service Manual.

Check and perform alignments in SAM according to the


Service Manual. Option codes, colour temperature, etc.

Final check of all menus in CSM.


Special attention for HDMI Keys and Mac address.
Check if E - D F U is present.

End

Q54x.E SSB Board swap VDS


Updated 22-03-2010

H_16771_007a.eps
100402

Figure 5-11 SSB replacement flowchart

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 33

Set is st art in g u p in F act o ry m o d e

Set is starting up in F actory m ode?

Noisy picture with bands/lines is visible and the


RED LED is continuous on.

An F is displayed (and the HDMI 1


input is displayed).

- Press the volume minus button on the TVs local keyboard for 5 ~10
seconds
- Press the SOURCE button for 10 seconds until the F disappears
from the screen or the noise on the screen is replaced by blue mute

The noise on the screen is replaced


with the blue mute or the F is disappeared!

Unplug the mains cord to verify the correct


disabling of the Factory mode.

Program display option code


via 062598 MENU, followed by
the 3 digits code of the display
(this code can be found
on a sticker on - or inside - the set).

After entering display option code, the set is


going in stand-by mode (= validation of code)

R estart the set

H_16771_007b.eps
100322

Figure 5-12 SSB replacement flowchart - Factory mode

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 34

5.

Q552.2E LA

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

18753_211_100811.eps
100811

Figure 5-13 SSB start-up

5.9

Software Upgrading

For the correct order number of a new SSB, always refer to the
Spare Parts list!

Attention!
Software version numbers for 2011 sets are all defined below
number 0.40.x.x. This might confuse servicers who store
software versions for more than one set and/or platform on the
same storage device (USB stick).

5.9.2

Introduction
The set software and security keys are stored in a NANDFlash, which is connected to the PNX855xx.
It is possible for the user to upgrade the main software via the
USB port. This allows replacement of a software image in a
stand alone set, without the need of an E-JTAG debugger. A
description on how to upgrade the main software can be found
in the electronic User Manual.
Important: When the NAND-Flash must be replaced, a new
SSB must be ordered, due to the presence of the security keys!
(CI +, MAC address, ...).
Perform the following actions after SSB replacement:
1. Set the correct option codes (see sticker inside the TV).
2. Update the TV software => see the eUM (electronic User
Manual) for instructions.
3. Perform the alignments as described in chapter 6 (section
6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB).
4. Check in CSM if the CI + key, MAC address.. are valid.

2011-Feb-18

The UpgradeAll.upg file is only used in the factory.

Automatic Software Upgrade


In normal conditions, so when there is no major problem with
the TV, the main software and the default software upgrade
application can be upgraded with the AUTORUN.UPG
(FUS part of the one-zip file: e.g. 3104 337 05661 _FUS
_Q555X_ x.x.x.x_prod.zip). This can also be done by the
consumers themselves, but they will have to get their software
from the commercial Philips website or via the Software Update
Assistant in the user menu (see eUM). The autorun.upg file
must be placed in the root of the USB stick.
How to upgrade:
1. Copy AUTORUN.UPG to the root of the USB stick.
2. Insert USB stick in the set while the set is operational. The
set will restart and the upgrading will start automatically. As
soon as the programming is finished, a message is shown
to remove the USB stick and restart the set.

Always check the latest software version on the servicer


website in relation to the correct CTN!!!
5.9.1

Main Software Upgrade

Manual Software Upgrade


In case that the software upgrade application does not start
automatically, it can also be started manually.
How to start the software upgrade application manually:
1. Disconnect the TV from the Mains/AC Power.
2. Press the OK button on a Philips TV remote control or a
Philips DVD RC-6 remote control (it is also possible to use

back to
div. table

Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Q552.2E LA

5.

EN 35

a TV remote in DVD mode). Keep the OK button


pressed while reconnecting the TV to the Mains/AC Power.
3. The software upgrade application will start.
Attention!
In case the download application has been started manually,
the autorun.upg will maybe not be recognized.
What to do in this case:
1. Create a directory UPGRADES on the USB stick.
2. Rename the autorun.upg to something else, e.g. to
software.upg. Do not use long or complicated names,
keep it simple. Make sure that AUTORUN.UPG is no
longer present in the root of the USB stick.
3. Copy the renamed upg file into this directory.
4. Insert USB stick into the TV.
5. The renamed upg file will be visible and selectable in the
upgrade application.
Back-up Software Upgrade Application
If the default software upgrade application does not start (could
be due to a corrupted boot sector) via the above described
method, try activating the back-up software upgrade
application.
How to start the back-up software upgrade application
manually:
1. Disconnect the TV from the Mains/AC Power.
2. Press the CURSOR DOWN-button on a Philips TV
remote control while reconnecting the TV to the Mains/AC
Power.
3. The back-up software upgrade application will start.
5.9.3

Stand-by Software Upgrade via USB


In this chassis it is possible to upgrade the Stand-by software
via a USB stick. The method is similar to upgrading the main
software via USB.
Use the following steps:
1. Create a directory UPGRADES on the USB stick.
2. Copy the Stand-by software (part of the one-zip file, e.g.
StandbyFactory_88.0.0.0.upg) into this directory.
3. Insert the USB stick into the TV.
4. Start the download application manually (see section
Manual Software Upgrade.
5. Select the appropriate file and press the OK button to
upgrade.

5.9.4

Content and Usage of the One-Zip Software File


Below the content of the One-Zip file is explained, and
instructions on how and when to use it.
AmbiCpld_Q55XX_x.x.x.x_prod.zip. Contains the
program instruction and software content, needed to
upgrade the ambilight CPLD on the TV550 platform.
BalanceFPGA_Q555X_x.x.x.x_prod.zip. Contains the
BalanceFPGA software in upg format.
FUS_Q555X_x.x.x.x_prod.zip. Contains the
autorun.upg which is needed to upgrade the TV main
software and the software download application.
PNX5130UPG_Q555X_x.x.x.x_prod.zip. Contains the
PNX5130 software in upg format.
StandbySW_Q555X_x.x.x.x_prod.zip. Contains the
StandbyFactory software in upg format.
ProcessNVM_Q55XX_x.x.x.x_prod.zip. Default NVM
content. Must be programmed via ComPair or can be
loaded via USB, be aware that all alignments stored in
NVM are overwritten here.

5.9.5

UART logging 2K10 (see section 5.8 Fault Finding and


Repair Tips, 5.8.7 Logging)

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 36

6.

Q552.2E LA

Alignments

6. Alignments

Index of this chapter:


6.1 General Alignment Conditions
6.2 Hardware Alignments
6.3 Software Alignments
6.4 Option Settings
6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB
6.6 Total Overview SAM modes

6.1

General Alignment Conditions

6.3.1

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following


conditions:
Power supply voltage (depends on region):
AP-NTSC: 120 VAC or 230 VAC / 50 Hz ( 10%).
AP-PAL-multi: 120 - 230 VAC / 50 Hz ( 10%).
EU: 230 VAC / 50 Hz ( 10%).
LATAM-NTSC: 120 - 230 VAC / 50 Hz ( 10%).
US: 120 VAC / 60 Hz ( 10%).
Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer
with low internal resistance.
Allow the set to warm up for approximately 15 minutes.
Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct
ground (e.g. measure audio signals in relation to
AUDIO_GND).
Caution: It is not allowed to use heat sinks as ground.
Test probe: Ri > 10 M, Ci < 20 pF.
Use an isolated trimmer/screwdriver to perform
alignments.

White Point

Contrast

100

Brightness

50

Colour

Light Sensor

Off

Picture format

Unscaled

Picture Setting
Dynamic Contrast

Off

Dynamic Backlight

Off

Colour Enhancement

Off

Gamma

Go to the SAM and select Alignments-> White point.

White point alignment LCD screens:


Use a 100% white screen (format: 720p50) to the HDMI
input and set the following values:
Colour temperature: Cool.
All White point values to: 127.

First, set the correct options:


In SAM, select Option numbers.
Fill in the option settings for Group 1 and Group 2
according to the set sticker (see also paragraph 6.4
Option Settings).
Press OK on the remote control before the cursor is
moved to the left.
In submenu Option numbers select Store and press
OK on the RC.
OR:
In main menu, select Store again and press OK on
the RC.
Switch the set to Stand-by.
Warming up (>15 minutes).

In case you have a colour analyser:


Measure, in a dark environment, with a calibrated
contactless colour analyser (Minolta CA-210 or Minolta
CS-200) in the centre of the screen and note the x, y value.
Change the pattern to 90% white screen. If a Quantum
Data generator is used, select the GreyAll test pattern at
level = 230.
Adjust the correct x, y coordinates (while holding one of the
White point registers R, G or B on 127) by means of
decreasing the value of one or two other white points to the
correct x, y coordinates (see Table 6-1 White D alignment
values - LED - Minolta CA-210, or 6-2 White D alignment
values - LED - Minolta CS-200). Tolerance: dx: 0.002, dy:
0.002.
Repeat this step for the other colour temperatures that
need to be aligned.
When finished press OK on the RC and then press STORE
(in the SAM root menu) to store the aligned values to the
NVM.
Restore the initial picture settings after the alignments.

Hardware Alignments
Not applicable.

6.3

In menu Picture, choose Pixel Plus HD and set picture


settings as follows:

Alignment Sequence

6.2

Choose TV menu, Setup, More TV Settings and then


Picture and set picture settings as follows:

Picture Setting

6.1.1

EU/AP-PAL models: a PAL B/G TV-signal with a signal


strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 475.25 MHz
US/AP-NTSC models: an NTSC M/N TV-signal with a
signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 61.25
MHz (channel 3).
LATAM models: an NTSC M TV-signal with a signal
strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 61.25 MHz
(channel 3).

Software Alignments
Put the set in SAM mode (see Chapter 5. Service Modes, Error
Codes, and Fault Finding). The SAM menu will now appear on
the screen. Select ALIGNMENTS and go to one of the sub
menus. The alignments are explained below.
The following items can be aligned:
White point
Ambilight.

Table 6-1 White D alignment values - LED - Minolta CA-210

To store the data:


Press OK on the RC before the cursor is moved to the
left
In main menu select Store and press OK on the RC
Switch the set to stand-by mode.

Cool (9420K)

Normal (8120K)

Warm (6080K)

0.282

0.292

0.320

0.298

0.311

0.345

Table 6-2 White D alignment values - LED - Minolta CS-200

For the next alignments, supply the following test signals via a
video generator to the RF input:

2011-Feb-18

Value

back to
div. table

Value

Cool (11000K)

Normal (9000K)

Warm (6500K)

0.276

0.287

0.313

0.282

0.296

0.329

Alignments
6.4.4

If you do not have a colour analyser, you can use the default
values. This is the next best solution. The default values are
average values coming from production.
Select a COLOUR TEMPERATURE (e.g. COOL,
NORMAL, or WARM).
Set the RED, GREEN and BLUE default values according
to the values in Table 6-3 to Table 6-5.
When finished press OK on the RC, then press STORE (in
the SAM root menu) to store the aligned values to the NVM.
Restore the initial picture settings after the alignments.

e.g. 32PFL6606x

Colour Temp R

Normal

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

Cool

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

Warm

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

Table 6-4 White tone default setting 37" (Blockbuster)


White Tone

Normal

126

118

127

Cool

112

106

127

Warm

127

110

88

e.g. 40PFL6606x

Colour Temp R

Normal

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

Cool

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

Warm

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

t.b.d.

6.4

Option Settings

6.4.1

Introduction

6.4.5

Option Code Overview


Refer to the sticker in the set for the correct option codes.
Important: after having edited the option numbers as
described above, you must press OK on the remote control
before the cursor is moved to the left!

6.5

The microprocessor communicates with a large number of I2C


ICs in the set. To ensure good communication and to make
digital diagnosis possible, the microprocessor has to know
which ICs to address. The presence / absence of these
PNX51XX ICs (back-end advanced video picture improvement
IC which offers motion estimation and compensation features
(commercially called HDNM) plus integrated Ambilight control)
is made known by the option codes.

Reset of Repaired SSB


A very important issue towards a repaired SSB from a Service
repair shop (SSB repair on component level) implies the reset
of the NVM on the SSB.
A repaired SSB in Service should get the service Set type
00PF0000000000 and Production code 00000000000000.
Also the virgin bit is to be set. To set all this, you can use the
ComPair tool or use the NVM editor and Dealer options
items in SAM (do not forget to store).

Notes:
After changing the option(s), save them by pressing the OK
button on the RC before the cursor is moved to the left,
select STORE in the SAM root menu and press OK on the
RC.
The new option setting is only active after the TV is
switched off / stand-by and on again with the mains
switch (the NVM is then read again).

After a repaired SSB has been mounted in the set (set repair
on board level), the type number (CTN) and production code of
the TV has to be set according to the type plate of the set. For
this, you can use the NVM editor in SAM. This action also
ensures the correct functioning of the Net TV feature and
access to the Net TV portals. The loading of the CTN and
production code can also be done via ComPair (Model number
programming).

Dealer Options
After a SSB repair, the original channel map can be restored,
provided that the original channel map was stored on a USB
stick before repair was commenced and that basic functionality
of the TV, needed for this procedure, was not hampered as a
result of the defect. The procedure of channel map cloning is
clearly described in the (electronic) user manual.

For dealer options, in SAM select Dealer options.


See Table 6-6 SAM mode overview.
6.4.3

Opt. No. (Option numbers)

Diversity
Not all sets with the same Commercial Type Number (CTN)
necessarily have the same option code!
Use of Alternative BOM => an alternative BOM number usually
indicates the use of an alternative display or power supply. This
results in another display code thus in another Option code.
Refer to Chapter 2. Technical Specifications, Diversity, and
Connections.

Table 6-5 White tone default setting 40" (Blockbuster)

6.4.2

EN 37

e.g. 37PFL6606x

Colour Temp R

White Tone

6.

Select this sub menu to set all options at once (expressed in


two long strings of numbers).
An option number (or option byte) represents a number of
different options. When you change these numbers directly,
you can set all options very quickly. All options are controlled
via eight option numbers.
When the NVM is replaced, all options will require resetting. To
be certain that the factory settings are reproduced exactly, you
must set both option number lines. You can find the correct
option numbers on a sticker inside the TV set.
Example: The options sticker gives the following option
numbers:
08192 00133 01387 45160
12232 04256 00164 00000
The first line (group 1) indicates hardware options 1 to 4, the
second line (group 2) indicate software options 5 to 8.
Every 5-digit number represents 16 bits (so the maximum value
will be 65536 if all options are set).
When all the correct options are set, the sum of the decimal
values of each Option Byte (OB) will give the option number.

Table 6-3 White tone default setting 32" (Blockbuster)


White Tone

Q552.2E LA

(Service) Options
From 2011 onwards, it is not longer possible to change
individual option settings in SAM. Options can only be changed
all at once by using the option codes as described in section
6.4.4.

In case of a display replacement, reset the Operation hours


display to 0, or to the operation hours of the replacement
display.

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 38
6.5.1

6.

Q552.2E LA

Alignments

SSB identification
Whenever ordering a new SSB, it should be noted that the
correct ordering number (12nc) of a SSB is located on a sticker
on the SSB. The format is <12nc SSB><serial number>. The
ordering number of a Service SSB is the same as the ordering
number of an initial factory SSB.

18310_221_090318.eps
090319

Figure 6-1 SSB identification

6.6

Total Overview SAM modes


Table 6-6 SAM mode overview
Main Menu

Sub-menu 1

Sub-menu 2

Hardware Info

A. SW version

e.g. Q5551_0.9.1.0

Sub-menu 3

B. Stand-by processor version e.g. STDBY_83.84.0.0


C. Production code

Description
Display TV & Stand-by SW version and CTN serial
number

e.g. see type plate

Operation hours

Displays the accumulated total of operation hours.TV


switched on/off & every 0.5 hours is increase one

Errors

Displayed the most recent errors

Reset error buffer


Alignment

Clears all content in the error buffer


White point

Colour temperature

Normal
Warn

3 different modes of colour temperature can be


selected

Cool
White point red

LCD White Point Alignment. For values,


see Table 6-3 White tone default setting 32"
(Blockbuster) to 6-5 White tone default setting 40"
(Blockbuster)

White point green


White point blue
Ambilight

Select module
Brightness
Select matrix

Dealer options

Virgin mode

Off/On

Select Virgin mode On/Off. TV starts up / does not


start up (once) with a language selection menu after
the mains switch is turned on for the first time (virgin
mode)

E-sticker

Off/On

Select E-sticker On/Off (USPs on-screen)

Auto store mode

None
PDC/VPS
TXT page
PDC/VPS/TXT

Option numbers

Group 1

e.g. 00008.00001.15421.02239

The first line (group 1) indicates hardware options 1


to 4

Group 2

e.g. 44816.34311.33024.00000

The second line (group 2) indicates software options


5 to 8

Store

Store after changing

Initialise NVM

N.A.

Store

Select Store in the SAM root menu after making any


changes

Operation hours display

Software maintenance

Software events

0003

In case the display must be swapped for repair, you


can reset the Display operation hours to 0. So,
this one does keeps up the lifetime of the display
itself (mainly to compensate the degeneration
behaviour)

Display

Display information is for development purposes

Clear
Test reboot
Test cold reboot
Test application crash
Hardware events

Display

Display information is for development purposes

Clear

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Alignments
Main Menu

Sub-menu 1

Sub-menu 2

Test setting

Digital info

Current frequency: 538

Sub-menu 3

QAM modulation: 64-qam

Q552.2E LA

6.

EN 39

Description
Display information is for development purposes

Symbol rate:
Original network ID: 12871
Network ID: 12871
Transport stream ID: 2
Service ID: 3
Hierarchical modulation: 0
Selected video PID: 35
Selected main audio PID: 99
Selected 2nd audio PID: 8191
Install start frequency

000

Install start frequency from 0 MHz

Install end frequency

999

Install end frequency as 999 MHz

Digital only
Digital + Analogue

Select Digital only or Digital + Analogue before


installation

Display parameters DISPT5.0.9.29

Display information is for development purposes

Default install frequency


Installation
Development file
versions

Development 1 file version

Acoustics parameters ACSTS


5.0.6.20
PQ - TV550 1.0.27.22
PQS- Profile set
PQF - Fixed settings
PQU - User styles
Ambilight parameters PRFAM 5.0.5.2
Development 2 file version

12NC one zip software

Display information is for development purposes

Initial main software


NVM version Q55x1_0.4.5.0
Flash units software
Temp com file version none
Upload to USB

Channel list

To upload several settings from the TV to an USB


stick

Personal settings
Option codes
Alignments
Identification data
History list
All (options included)
Download from USB

Channel list

To download several settings from the USB stick to


the TV

Personal settings
Option codes
Alignments
Identification data
All (options included)
NVM editor

Type number

see type plate

AG code

see type plate

NVM editor; re key-in type number and production


code after SSB replacement

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 40

7.

Circuit Descriptions

Q552.2E LA

7. Circuit Descriptions

Index of this chapter:


7.1 Introduction
7.2 Power Supply
7.3 DC/DC Converters
7.4 Front-End Analogue and DVB-T, DVB-C; ISDB-T reception
7.5 Front-End DVB-S(2) reception
7.6 HDMI
7.7 Video and Audio Processing - PNX855xx

7.1

implementation of passive 3D
removal of TCON from the SSB (comes with the display)
changed power architecture
new USB hub (for Sundance xxPFL76xx/xx sets).

The Q552.2E LA chassis comes with the following stylings:


Blockbuster (series xxPFL66xx),
Sundance (series xxPFL76xx).

Notes:
Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently)
are described.
Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due
to different set executions.
For a good understanding of the following circuit
descriptions, please use the wiring-, block- (see chapter
9. Block Diagrams) and circuit diagrams (see chapter
10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts).Where necessary,
you will find a separate drawing for clarification.

7.1.1

Introduction

7.1.2

Implementation
Key components of this chassis are:
PNX855xx System-On-Chip (SOC) TV Processor
TX26xx Hybrid Tuner (DVB-T/C, analogue)
STV6110AT DVB-S Satellite Tuner
SII9x87 HDMI Switch
TPA312xD2PWP Class D Power Amplifier
LAN8710 Dual Port Gigabit Ethernet media access
controller.
TV550 Architecture Overview
For details about the chassis block diagrams refer to chapter 9.
Block Diagrams. An overview of the TV550 2011 architecture
can be found in Figure 7-1.

The Q552.2E LA is part of the TV550 platform, is a derivative


from the Q552.1E LA and uses the (same) PNX855xx chipset.
The major deltas versus its predecessor Q551 are:
support of DVB-T2 (second generation DVBT)

FLASH
512MB
DDR2
4x 128MB -533

NVM
8kB

SPI
64kB

LVDS only

32

DVB-T (EU)
DVB-C (EU+HK)

Matrix
FHD@120p
FHD@100p

Hybrid
Tuner
DVB-S2
Tuner

NXP
PNX85500
SOC

AL

DVB-S2 (EU)

CLASS-D

1V1
1V8
2V5
3V3
5V

USB

3D

IR

DC/DC

Ethernet
PHY

3V3

WIFI

HDMI 1.3
mux

Stdby

CPLD

buffer
SD-CARD
CI

19100_059_110217.eps
110217

Figure 7-1 Architecture of TV550 platform 2011

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Circuit Descriptions

7.

EN 41

SSB Cell Layout

1M95

1M99

1M59

DVB-S DC/DC

LONG

PCMCIA

1M71

DC/DC
C

Ambilight
CPLD

FLASH

CD
DDR2

DVB-S2

Tuner

F-type
13.65mm

1G50

DDR2

DDR

LVDS-OUT

1D38

Class-D

1735

DDR2

CA
PNX85500
M1
27x27
1.00mm

TS-IN
USB

ETH

Heatsink

IS
SPDIF

ANA
AUD

ANA
VID

DVB-S DC/DC

HDMI
GPIO
STDBY

SD-SLOT
DDR2
1F24

SCART1/YPbPr

SVC

Hybrid
Tuner

1E32

Pb

Pr

L/R

U
T

HDMI

C
TR

91
87

3D

HDMI

HDMI

HDMI

SPDIF
Output

Process Support Wire

1M21

1M20

7E01

Head
Phone

1G51

USB2.0

VGA

7.1.3

Q552.2E LA

19100_058_110217.eps
110217

Figure 7-2 SSB layout cells (top view)

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 42

7.

Circuit Descriptions

Q552.2E LA

7.2

Power Supply

7.2.1

Power Supply Unit

Table 7-3 Connector overview 40" sets


Connector

All power supplies are a black box for Service. When defective,
a new board must be ordered and the defective one must be
returned, unless the main fuse of the board is broken. Always
replace a defective fuse with one with the correct
specifications! This part is available in the regular market.
Consult the Philips Service web portal for the order codes of the
boards.
In this manual, no detailed information is available because of
design protection issues.
7.2.2

Connector overview Blockbuster (series xxPFL6600/xx)


Table 7-1 Connector overview 32" sets
Connector
no.

1308

1316

no.

1308

1316

Descr.

Mains

to display

1M95
to SSB

Pin

CN1

CN2

CN4

Anode 1+

+3V3stdby

n.c.

Standby

Cathode 1-

GND1

n.c.

GND1
+12V

Anode 2+

n.c.

+12V

Cathode 2-

+Vsnd (+24V)
GND_SND

n.c.

Anode 3+

BL-ON-OFF

10

n.c.

BL-DIM1 (Vsync)

11

Cathode 3-

BL-I-CTRL

12

n.c.

POK

13

Anode 4+

+24V (AL2_DVBS)

14

n.c.

GND1

15

Cathode 4-

1M95

Descr.

Mains

to display

to SSB

Pin

CN1

CN2

CN4

A2

+3V3SB

n.c.

Standby

pin 5

GND1

n.c.

GND1

pin 3

+12V3

n.c.

+12V3

OCD

+Vsnd

n.c.

GND1

A1

BL-ON-OFF

10

n.c.

BL-DIM1

11

pin 13

BL-I-CTRL

12

n.c.

POK

13

pin 11

+24V

14

n.c.

GND1

15

GND1

7.3

The on-board DC/DC converters deliver the following voltages


(depending on set execution):
+3V3-STANDBY, permanent voltage for the Stand-by
controller, LED/IR receiver and controls; connector 1M95
pin 1
+12V, input from the power supply for TV550 common
(active mode); connector 1M95 pins 6, 7 and 8
+24V, input from the power supply for DVB-S2 (in active
mode); connector 1M09 pins 1 and 2
+1V1, core voltage supply for PNX855xx; has to be started
up first and switched "off" last (diagram B03B)
+1V2, supply voltage for analogue blocks inside PNX855xx
+1V8, supply voltage for DDR2 (diagram B03B)
+2V5, supply voltage for analogue blocks inside PNX855xx
(see diagram B03E)
+3V3, general supply voltage (diagram B03E)
+5V, supply voltage for USB and CAM (diagram B03E)
+5V-TUN, supply voltage for tuner (diagram B03E)
+V-LNB, input voltage for LNB supply IC (item no. 7T50)
+5V-DVBS, input intermediate supply voltage for DVB-S2
(diagram B08A)
+3V3-DVBS, clean voltage for silicon tuner and DVB-S2
channel decoder
+2V5-DVBS, clean voltage for DVB-S2 channel decoder
+1V-DVBS, core voltage for DVB-S2 channel decoder.

Table 7-2 Connector overview 37" sets


Connector
no.

1308

1316

1M95

Descr.

Mains

to display

to SSB

Pin

CN1

CN2

CN4

Anode_R

+3V3stdby

n.c.

Standby

R5 Cathode

GND1

R4 Cathode

GND1

R3 Cathode

+12V

R2 Cathode

+12V

R1 Cathode

+Vsnd (+24V)

L1 Cathode

GND_SND

L2 Cathode

BL-ON-OFF

10

L3 Cathode

BL-DIM1 (Vsync)

11

L4 Cathode

BL-I-CTRL

12

L5 Cathode

POK

13

n.c.

+24V (AL2_DVBS)

14

Anode_L

GND1

15

DC/DC Converters

A +12 V under-voltage detector (see diagram B03C) enables


the 12V to 3.3V and 12V to 5V DC/DC converters via the
ENABLE-3V3-5V line, and the 12V to 1.8V DC/DC converter
via the ENABLE-1V8 line. DETECT2 is the signal going to the
Stand-by microcontroller and ENABLE-3V3n is the signal
coming from the Stand-by microcontroller.
Diagram B03D contains the following linear stabilisers:
+2V5 stabiliser, built around item no. 7UCO
+5V-TUN stabiliser, built around items no. 7UA6 and 7UA7
+1V2 stabiliser, built around items no. 7UA3 and 7UA4.
Diagram B08A contains the DVB-S2-related DC/DC
converters and -stabilisers:
a +24V under-voltage detection circuitry is built around
item no. 7T04
the switching frequency of the 24 to 14...20V switched
mode converter is 350 kHz (item no. 7T03 and +V-LNB
lines)
the output signal on the +V-LNB line goes to the LNBH23Q
(item no. 7T50)
the LNBH23Q (item no. 7T50) sends a feedback signal via
the V0-CNTRL line

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Circuit Descriptions

7.5

the switching frequency of the +5V-DVBS to +1-DVBS


switched mode converter is 900 kHz (item no. 7T00)
a delay line for the +2V5-DVBS and +1V-DVBS lines is
created with item no. 3T03 (R=10k) and 2T06 (C=100n)
a 3.3V to 2.5V linear stabiliser is built around item no. 7T01
a 5V to 3.3V linear stabiliser is built around item no. 7T02.

Q552.2E LA

7.

EN 43

Front-End DVB-S(2) reception


The Front-End for the DVB-S(2) application consist of the
following key components:

Diagram B08B contains the DVB-S2 LNB supply:


the +V-LNB signal comes from item no. 7T03
the V0-CTRL signal goes to item no. 7T03
the LNB-RF1 goes to the LNB.

Figures gives a graphical representation of the DC/DC


converters with its current consumptions:

Satellite Tuner; I2C address 0xC6 (bridged via channel


decoder)
Channel decoder; I2C address 0xD0
LNB switching regulator; I2C address 0x14
Amplifier
PNX855xx SoC TV processor with integrated DVB-T and
DVB-C channel decoder and analogue demodulator.

Below find a block diagram of the front-end application for


DVB-S(2) reception.

+ 5V 5-TUN
196 m A
+ 5V
dc -dc

+ 12V
2919 m A

+ 3V 3
dc -dc

+ 1V 8
dc -dc

+ 1V 1
dc -dc

+ 5V 5-TUN

+ 5V
2179 m A

+ 3V 3

+ 3V 3
2371 m A

+ 1V 8

+ 1V 8
2450 m A

+ 5V -TUN
s tabiliz er

+ 2V 5
s tabiliz er

+ 1V 2
s tabiliz er

+ 5V -TUN
196 m A

+ 2V 5
450 m A

+ 1V 2
550 m A

+ 1V 1
5100 m A

18770_237_100127.eps
100219

18770_226_100127.eps
100426

Figure 7-5 Front-End block diagram DVB-S(2) reception

Figure 7-3 DC/DC converters

7.4

Front-End Analogue and DVB-T, DVB-C;


ISDB-T reception

7.4.1

European/China region

This application supports the following protocols:


Polarization selection via supply voltage (18V = horizontal,
13V = vertical)
Band selection via toneburst (22 kHz): tone on = high
band, tone off = low band
Satellite (LNB) selection via DiSEqC 1.0 protocol
Reception of DVB-S (supporting QPSK encoded signals)
and DVB-S2 (supporting QPSK, 8PSK, 16APSK and
32APSK encoded signals), introducing LDPC low-density
parity check techniques.

The Front-End for the European/China region consist of the


following key components:

Hybrid Tuner
Switchable SAW filter 7/8 MHz (Eur.), or single SAW filter
(8 MHz) (China)
Bandpass filter
Amplifier
PNX855xx SoC TV processor with integrated DVB-T and
DVB-C channel decoder and analogue demodulator.

7.6

HDMI
In this platform, the Silicon Image Sil9x87 HDMI multiplexer is
implemented. Refer to figure 7-6 HDMI input configuration for
the application.

Below find a block diagram of the front-end application for this


region.

18770_235_100127.eps
100219

Figure 7-4 Front-End block diagram European/China region

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 44

7.

Q552.2E LA

Circuit Descriptions
and vivid colour management. High flat panel screen
resolutions and refresh rates are supported with formats
including 1366 768 @ 100Hz/120Hz and 1920 1080 @
100Hz/120Hz. The combination of Ethernet, CI+ and H.264
supports new TV experiences with IPTV and VOD. On top of
that, optional support is available for 2D dimming in
combination with LED backlights for optimum contrast and
power savings up to 50%.
For a functional diagram of the PNX855xx, refer
to Figure 7-7.

18770_243_100203.eps
100203

Figure 7-6 HDMI input configuration


The following multiplexers can be used:
Sil9187A (does not support Instaport technology for fast
switching between input signals)
Sil9287B (supports Instaport technology for fast
switching between input signals).
The hardware default I2C addresses are:
Sil9187A: 0xB0/0xB2 (random: software workaround)
Sil9287B: 0xB2 (fixed).
The Sil9x87 has the following specifications:
+5V detection mechanism
Stable clock detection mechanism
Integrated EDID
RT control
HPD control
Sync detection
TMDS output control
CEC control
EDID stored in Sil9x87, therefore there are no EDID pins
on the SSB.

7.7

Video and Audio Processing - PNX855xx


The PNX855xx is the main audio and video processor (or
System-on-Chip) for this platform. It has the following features:

Multi-standard digital video decoder (MPEG-2, H.264,


MPEG-4)
Integrated DVB-T/DVB-C channel decoder
Integrated CI+
Integrated motion accurate picture processing (MAPP2)
High definition ME/MC
2D LED backlight dimming option
Embedded HDMI HDCP keys
Extended colour gamut and colour booster
Integrated USB2.0 host controller
Improved MPEG artefact reduction compared with
PNX8543
Security for customers own code/settings (secure flash).

The TV550 combines front-end video processing functions,


such as DVB-T channel decoding, MPEG-2/H.264 decode,
analog video decode and HDMI reception, with advanced
back-end video picture improvements. It also includes next
generation Motion Accurate Picture Processing (MAPP2). The
MAPP2 technology provides state-of-the-art motion artifact
reduction with movie judder cancellation, motion sharpness
2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Circuit Descriptions

PNX85500x

DVB

7.

EN 45

MEMORY
CONTROLLER

TS input

MPEG
SYSTEM
PROCESSOR

CI/CA

TS out/in for
PCMCIA

Q552.2E LA

PRIMARY
VIDEO
OUTPUT

LVDS

LVDS for
flat panel display
(single, dual or
quad channel)

DVB-T/C
channel decoder
AV-PIP
SUB-PICTURE
VIDEO
DECODER

CVBS, Y/C,
RGB

3D COMB
SECONDARY
VIDEO
OUTPUT

Low-IF

SSIF, LR

DIGITAL IF

MPEG/H.264
VIDEO
DECODER

VIDEO
ENCODER

analog CVBS

AUDIO DACS

analog audio

Motion-accurate
pixel processing
SCALER,
DE-INTERLACE
AND NOISE
REDUCTION

AUDIO DEMOD
AND DECODE

AUDIO IN

SPDIF

AUDIO DSP
AUDIO OUT
HDMI
RECEIVER

HDMI

450 MHz
AV-DSP
560 MHz
MIPS32
24KEf CPU

SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
(8051)

I 2S
SPDIF

DRAWING
ENGINE

DMA BLOCK

I2C

PWM GPIO

IR

ADC

SPI

UART

I 2C

GPIO Flash USB 2.0 SD Ethernet


Memory MAC
x8
Card

18770_241_100201.eps
100219

Figure 7-7 PNX855xx functional diagram

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 46

8.

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

8. IC Data Sheets
This chapter shows the internal block diagrams and pin
configurations of ICs that are drawn as black boxes in the

8.1

electrical diagrams (with the exception of memory and logic


ICs).

Diagram USB Hub B01C, USB2513B (IC 7F25)

Block diagram
To Upstream
VBUS

Upstream
USB Data

To EEPROM or
SMBus Master

24 MHz
Crystal

SDA SCL

3.3 V

BusPower
Detect/
Vbus Pulse

Upstream
PHY

Regulator

Serial
Interface

PLL

Serial
Interface
Engine

Repeater

3.3 V

...

TT
#1

Regulator

Controller

TT
#x

Port
Controller

CRFILT

Routing & Port Re-Ordering Logic

Port #1
PHY#1

OC Sense
Switch Driver/
LED Drivers

...

Port #x
OC Sense
Switch Driver/
LED Drivers

PHY#x

USB Data
OC
Port
Downstream Sense Power
Switch/
LED
Drivers

OC
USB Data
Port
Downstream Sense Power
Switch/
LED
Drivers

The x indicates the number of available downstream ports: 2, 3, 4, or 7.

NC

NC

NC

21

19

SCL / SMBCLK / CFG_SEL[0]

24

20

HS_IND / CFG_SEL[1]

25

VDD33

RESET_N

26

SDA / SMBDATA / NON_REM[1]

VBUS_DET

27

Pinning information

22

The LED port indicators only apply to USB2513i.

23

SUSP_IND / LOCAL_PWR / NON_REM[0]

28

18

NC

VDD33

29

17

OCS_N[2]

USBDM_UP

30

16

PRTPWR[2] / BC_EN[2]*

USBDP_UP

31

15

VDD33

XTALOUT

32

14

CRFILT

XTALIN / CLKIN

33

13

OCS_N[1]

PLLFILT

34

12

PRTPWR[1] / BC_EN[1]*

11

TEST

10

VDD33

6
NC

NC

5
VDD33

4
USBDP_DN[2]

3
USBDM_DN[2]

NC

36

VDD33

USBDP_DN[1]

35

Ground Pad
(must be connected to VSS)

USBDM_DN[1]

RBIAS

SMSC
USB2512/12A/12B
USB2512i/12Ai/12Bi
(Top View QFN-36)

NC

Note :

Indicates pins on the bottom of the device.

18770_301_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-1 Internal block diagram and pin configuration


2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

IC Data Sheets
8.2

Q552.2E LA

8.

EN 47

Diagram Temp sensor & headphone B01J, LM75BDP (IC 7FD1)

Block diagram
VCC

LM75B
BIAS
REFERENCE

POINTER
REGISTER

CONFIGURATION
REGISTER

BAND GAP
TEMP SENSOR

COUNTER

TEMPERATURE
REGISTER

TIMER

TOS
REGISTER

COMPARATOR/
INTERRUPT

THYST
REGISTER

11-BIT
SIGMA-DELTA
A-to-D
CONVERTER

OSCILLATOR

POWER-ON
RESET

OS

LOGIC CONTROL AND INTERFACE

A2

A1

A0

SCL SDA

GND

Pinning information

SDA

VCC

SCL

A0

A1

A2

OS

GND

LM75BDP

18770_300_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-2 Pin configuration

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 48
8.3

8.

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

Diagram NANDflash - conditional access B02A, PNX855xx (IC7S00)

Block diagram
PNX8550x

MEMORY
CONTROLLER

TS input

MPEG
SYSTEM
PROCESSOR

CI/CA

TS out/in for
PCMCIA

PRIMARY
VIDEO
OUTPUT

LVDS

LVDS for
flat panel display
(single, dual or
quad channel)

DVB-T/C
channel decoder

DVB

AV-PIP
SUB-PICTURE
VIDEO
DECODER

CVBS, Y/C,
RGB

3D COMB
SECONDARY
VIDEO
OUTPUT

Low-IF

MULTISTANDARD
VIDEO
DECODER

DIGITAL IF

Direct-IF

SPDIF

AUDIO IN

HDMI

HDMI
RECEIVER

analog CVBS

AUDIO DACS

analog audio

analog Y/C

Motion-accurate
pixel processing
SCALER,
DE-INTERLACE
AND NOISE
REDUCTION

AUDIO DEMOD
AND DECODE

SSIF, LR

VIDEO
ENCODER

AUDIO DSP
AUDIO OUT
450 MHz
AV-DSP
500 MHz
MIPS32
24KEf CPU

SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
(8051)

I2S
SPDIF

DRAWING
ENGINE
Scatter/Gather
TS Demux

I2C

PWM Px_x

IR

ADC

SPI

UART

I2C

GPIO Flash USB 2.0 SD Ethernet


Memory MAC
x 10
Card

Pinning information
ball A1
index area

PNX8550xE
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
T
U
V
W
Y
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
Transparent top view
18770_308_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-3 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

IC Data Sheets
8.4

Q552.2E LA

8.

EN 49

Diagram Audio B03A, TPA312xD2PWP (IC7D10)

Block diagram
TPA3120D2
1 F

0.22 F
LIN

BSR

RIN

ROUT

1 F

22 H

0.68 F

PGNDR

0.68 F

PGNDL

1 F
BYPASS
AGND

470 F

LOUT
22 H

BSL

470 F

0.22 F

PVCCL
AVCC
PVCCR

VCLAMP
Shutdown
Control

SD

1 F

MUTE

GAIN0
GAIN1

Pinning information

PVCCL
SD
PVCCL
MUTE
LIN
RIN
BYPASS
AGND
AGND
PVCCR
VCLAMP
PVCCR

Control

PWP (TSSOP) PACKAGE


(TOP VIEW)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13

PGNDL
PGNDL
LOUT
BSL
AVCC
AVCC
GAIN0
GAIN1
BSR
ROUT
PGNDR
PGNDR
I_18020_142.eps
100402

Figure 8-4 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 50
8.5

8.

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

Diagram DC/DC B03B, TPS53126PW (IC7U03)

Block diagram

Pinning information
VBST1

28

NC

27

LL1

EN1

26

DRVL1
PGND1

DRVH1

25

24

TRIP1

NC

23

VIN

22

VREG5

GND

TEST1

NC

TPS53124

VO1
VFB1

21

V5FILT

20

TEST2
TRIP2

VFB2

10

19

VO2

11

18

PGND2

17

DRVL2

EN2

12

NC

13

16

LL2

VBST2

14

15

DRVH2

18310_300_090319.eps
100416

Figure 8-5 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

IC Data Sheets
8.6

Q552.2E LA

8.

EN 51

Diagram DC/DC B03E, ST1S10PH (IC 7UD0)

Block diagram

Pinning information

DFN8 (4 4)

PowerSO-8
I_18010_083.eps
100402

Figure 8-6 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 52
8.7

8.

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

Diagram DC/DC B03E, LD1117DT25 (IC 7UD2)

Block diagram

LD1117DT

Pinning information

DPAK

F_15710_166.eps
100402

Figure 8-7 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

IC Data Sheets

8.

EN 53

Diagram Ethernet & Service B04C, LAN8710A-EZKH (IC 7E10)

Block diagram
MODE0
MODE1
MODE2
nRST

MODE Control

AutoNegotiation

10M Tx
Logic

Reset
Control

SMI

RMIISEL

HP Auto-MDIX

10M
Transmitter

TXP / TXN

Transmit Section
100M Tx
Logic

Management
Control

RXP / RXN

100M
Transmitter
MDIX
Control

TXD[0:3]
TXEN
TXER
TXCLK

CRS
COL/CRS_DV

RMII / MII Logic

RXD[0:3]
RXDV
RXER
RXCLK

100M Rx
Logic

DSP System:
Clock
Data Recovery
Equalizer

PLL

Analog-toDigital

Interrupt
Generator

nINT

100M PLL

Receive Section

LED Circuitry
10M Rx
Logic

Squelch &
Filters
10M PLL

MDC
MDIO

XTAL1/CLKIN
XTAL2

LED1
LED2

Central
Bias

RBIAS

PHY
Address
Latches

PHYAD[0:2]

TXP

TXN

VDD1A

RXDV

TXD3

27

26

25

RXN
30

29

RXP

28

RBIAS
32

31

Pinning information

VDD2A

24

TXD2

LED2/nINTSEL

23

TXD1

LED1/REGOFF

22

TXD0

21

TXEN

20

TXCLK

19

nRST

18

nINT/TXER/TXD4

17

MDC

13

14

15

16

CRS

COL/CRS_DV/MODE2

MDIO

VSS
12

VDDIO

RXD3/PHYAD2

RXER/RXD4/PHYAD0

11

RXD0/MDE0

VDDCR
RXCLK/PHYAD1

10

RXD1/MODE1

XTAL2
XTAL1/CLKIN

SMSC
LAN8710/LAN8710i
32 PIN QFN
(Top View)

RXD2/RMIISEL

8.8

Q552.2E LA

18770_302_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-8 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 54
8.9

8.

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

Diagram HDMI B04D, SII9x87B (IC 7EC1)

Block diagram

Pinning information

18770_303_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-9 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

8.

EN 55

8.10 Diagram Headphone B04E, TPA6111A2DGN (IC 7EE1)

Block diagram
VDD 8

VDD/2
2

IN 1

BYPASS

IN 2

SHUTDOWN

VO1 1

VO2 7

Bias
Control

Pinning information
D OR DGN PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)

VO1
IN1
BYPASS
GND

VDD
VO2
IN2
SHUTDOWN
18770_309_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-10 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 56

8.

Q552.2E LA

IC Data Sheets

8.11 Diagram DVBS-FE B07A, STV6110AT (IC 7R02)

Block diagram
RF_OUT
IP

RF_IN

IN
QP
AGC
QN
PLL, dividers
XTAL_IN
XTAL_INN

DC offset compensation
SCL
I2C bus interface

Amplifier

SDA

XTAL_OUT

18770_304_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-11 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

IC Data Sheets

Q552.2E LA

8.

EN 57

8.12 Diagram DVBS supply B08A, TPS54283PWP (IC 7T03)

Block diagram

CLK1

Level
Shift

+
4
+
FB1

BOOT1

PVDD1

SW1

Current
Comparator

f(IDRAIN1) + DC(ofst)
GND

2
BP

R
R

f(IDRAIN1)

Overcurrent Comp

0.8 VREF

RCOMP
Soft Start
1

SD1

f(ISLOPE1)

BP

f(IMAX1)
CLK1

CCOMP

Anti-Cross
Conduction

VDD2

Weak
Pull-Down
MOSFET

f(ISLOPE1)
Ramp
Gen 1
TSD

6 A
EN1

EN2

1.2 MHz
Oscilator

6 A

CLK1

Divide
by 2/4

f(ISLOPE2)
Ramp
Gen 2

SD1
Internal
Control

SD2

CLK2

UVLO
150 k
BP

SEQ 10
150 k

FB1
FB2

CLK2

Output
Undervoltage
Detect

13 BOOT2
BP

Level
Shift

14 PVDD2

f(IDRAIN2) + DC(ofst)

Current
Comparator
+

GND

4
+

FB2

R
R

FET
Switch

f(IDRAIN2)

Overcurrent Comp

0.8 VREF

RCOMP
Soft Start
2

SD2

f(ISLOPE2)

CLK2

CCOMP

5.25-V
Regulator

BP 11
150 k

12 SW2
BP

f(IMAX2)

Anti-Cross
Conduction

Weak
Pull-Down
MOSFET

PVDD2

BP
ILIM2

Level
Select

9
150 k

0.8 VREF
References
IMAX2 (Set to one of two limits)
UDG-07007

18770_305_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-12 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

back to
div. table

2011-Feb-18

EN 58

8.

Q552.2E LA

IC Data Sheets

8.13 Diagram DVBS supply B08B, LNBH23Q (IC 7T50)

Block diagram
ISEL

TTX

ADDR

SDA SCL

Vcc

LX
PWM
Controller

Rsense

Byp

Vcc- L

Preregulator
+U.V.lockout
+P.ON reset
EN
VSEL

P-GND

VSEL
EN

TTX
ITEST

Vup

I2C interface

VOUT Control
TEN

Linear Post-reg
+Modulator
+Protections
+Diagnostics

VoRX

I2C Diagnostics

VoTX
TTX

22KHz
Oscill.

22KHz Tone
Amp. Diagn.

EXTM

22KHz Tone
Freq. Detector

DETIN

DSQOUT

DSQIN

LNBH23

V CTRL

A-GND

Pinning information
1 n.c .
2 n.c .
3 n.c .
4 LX
5 P -G N D
6 S DA
7 n.c .
8 n.c .
9 S CL
10 A D DR
11 DS Q out
12 DS Q IN
13 E XTM
14 TTX
15 B Y P
16 n.c .
17 n.c .
18 V c c -L
19 V c c
20 A -G N D
21 V oRX
22 V oTX
23 n.c .
24 n.c .
25 n.c .
26 n.c .
27 V up
28 IS E L
29 D E TIN
30 V C TRL
31 n.c .
32 n.c .

Epad

Connected with power grounds and to


the ground layer through vias
to dissipate the heat.

18770_306_100217.eps
100217

Figure 8-13 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

2011-Feb-18

back to
div. table

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 59

9. Block Diagrams
9-1 Wiring diagram Blockbuster 32"
WIRING DIAGRAM 32" BLOCKBUSTER

TO DISPLAY
SUPPLY

1M95

1M95
14P

LOUDSPEAKER

41P

SD-CARD
READER

14P

3139 123 6495.x


(1150)

3P

1M95

10P

SSB

4P

1316

1735 1D38

1G50

(5213)

USB

51P

SCART

2P

LCD DISPLAY
(1004)

TO DISPLAY
41P

HDMI

HDMI

HDMI

PHONE

51P

SPDIF

TO DISPLAY

ETHER
NET

TUNER

(1005)

HDMI

1G51

8G51

8P

MAIN POWER SUPPLY


32" DPS-93BP

1M19

8G50

VGA

(8308)

1316 (PSU)

1M95 (PSU)

1308 (PSU)

1. ANODE 1
2. NC
3. CATHODE 1
4. GND
5. ANODE 2
6. NC
7. CATHODE 2
8. NC
9. ANODE 3
10. NC
11. CATHODE 3
12. NC
13. ANODE 4
14. NC
15. CATHODE 4

1. +3V3STDBY
2. STANDBY
3. GND
4. GND
5. +12V
6. +12V
7. +VSND
8. GND_SND
9. BL-ON-OFF
10. BL-DIM1
11. BL-I-CTRL
12. POK
13. +24V
14. GND1

1. N
2. L

C2

C1

IR / LED BOARD

J1

(1108)

8P

1M95 (B03C)
1. +3V3-STANDBY
2. STANDBY
3. GND
4. GND
5. +12VIN
6. +12VIN
7. +24V-AUDIO-POWER
8. GND
9. LAMP-ON
10. BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS
11. BACKLIGHT-BOOST
12. POWER-OK
13. +24V
GND

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

1735 (B03A)
1D38
(B03A)

1M19 (B09A)

1.
2.
3.
4.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

LEFT-SPEAKER
GND-AUDIO
RIGHT-SPEAKER
GND-AUDIO
RIGHT-SPEAKER

1735 (B03A)
1.
2.
3.
4.

LEFT-SPEAKER
GND-AUDIO
GND-AUDIO
RIGHT-SPEAKER

LIGHT-SENSOR
GND
RC
LED-2
+3V3-STANDBY
LED-1
KEYBOARD
+5V

(5216)

LOUDSPEAKER

MAINS
SWITCH

INLET

8308

(5216)

LOUDSPEAKER

130
8

1G51 (B06B)
1. +VDISP
2. +VDISP
3. +VDISP
4. +VDISP
|
|
51. CTRL-DISP

19100_808_110211.eps
110211

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 60

9-2 Wiring diagram Blockbuster 37"


WIRING DIAGRAM 37" BLOCKBUSTER

TO DISPLAY
SUPPLY

1M95

14P

SD-CARD
READER

8G50

3139 123 6495.x


(1150)

3P

14P

SSB

4P

1M95

10P

1735 1D38

1316

41P

1M95

(5213)

1G50

LOUDSPEAKER

USB

51P

SCART

TO DISPLAY
41P

2P

HDMI

HDMI

HDMI

PHONE

51P

LCD DISPLAY
(1004)

SPDIF

TO DISPLAY

ETHER
NET

TUNER

(1005)

HDMI

1G51

8P

MAIN POWER SUPPLY


37" FSP110-4FS01

1M19

8G51

VGA

13
0

MAINS
SWITCH

1316 (PSU)
1. ANODE 1
2. NC
3. CATHODE 1
4. GND
5. ANODE 2
6. NC
7. CATHODE 2
8. NC
9. ANODE 3
10. NC
11. CATHODE 3
12. NC
13. ANODE 4
14. NC
15. CATHODE 4

1M95 (PSU)
1. +3V3STDBY
2. STANDBY
3. GND
4. GND
5. +12V
6. +12V
7. +VSND
8. GND_SND
9. BL-ON-OFF
10. BL-DIM1
11. BL-I-CTRL
12. POK
13. +24V
14. GND1

1308 (PSU)
1. N
2. L

C1

IR / LED BOARD

J1

(1108)

8P

1M95 (B03C)
1. +3V3-STANDBY
2. STANDBY
3. GND
4. GND
5. +12VIN
6. +12VIN
7. +24V-AUDIO-POWER
8. GND
9. LAMP-ON
10. BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS
11. BACKLIGHT-BOOST
12. POWER-OK
13. +24V
GND

(8308)

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

1D38 (B03A)

1M19 (B09A)

1G51 (B06B)

1. LEFT-SPEAKER
2. GND-AUDIO
3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

1. +VDISP
2. +VDISP
3. +VDISP
4. +VDISP
|
|
51. CTRL-DISP

1735 (B03A)
1.
2.
3.
4.

LEFT-SPEAKER
GND-AUDIO
GND-AUDIO
RIGHT-SPEAKER

LIGHT-SENSOR
GND
RC
LED-2
+3V3-STANDBY
LED-1
KEYBOARD
+5V

(5216)

LOUDSPEAKER

C2

INLET

8308

(5216)

LOUDSPEAKER

19100_809_110211.eps
110211

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 61

9-3 Wiring diagram Blockbuster 40"


WIRING DIAGRAM 40" BLOCKBUSTER

TO DISPLY
SUPPLT

1316

14P

1M99

10P

1M95
1M95

MAIN POWER SUPPLY


40" PLDE-P007A

14P

41P

SSB

SD-CARD
READER

3P

3139 123 6495.x


(1150)

USB

4P

LOUDSPEAKER
(5213)

51P

LCD DISPLAY
(1004)

HDMI

HDMI

HDMI

PHONE

SPDIF

ETHER
NET

8G50

TO DISPLAY

HDMI

SCART
TUNER

51P

1735 1D38

1G51

8P

8G51

1M19

2P

1308

1G50

(1005)

VGA

TO DISPLAY
41P

8308

INLET
LOUDSPEAKER

LOUDSPEAKER

(5216)

(5216)
MAINS
SWITCH

C2

C1

(8308)

1316 (PSU)

1M95 (PSU)

1308 (PSU)

1. ANODE 1
2. NC
3. CATHODE 1
4. GND
5. ANODE 2
6. NC
7. CATHODE 2
8. NC
9. ANODE 3
10. NC
11. CATHODE 3
12. NC
13. ANODE 4
14. NC
15. CATHODE 4

1. +3V3STDBY
2. STANDBY
3. GND
4. GND
5. +12V
6. +12V
7. +VSND
8. GND_SND
9. BL-ON-OFF
10. BL-DIM1
11. BL-I-CTRL
12. POK
13. +24V
14. GND1

1. N
2. L

IR / LED BOARD

J1

(1112)

8P

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

1M95 (B03C)
1. +3V3-STANDBY
2. STANDBY
3. GND
4. GND
5. +12VIN
6. +12VIN
7. +24V-AUDIO-POWER
8. GND
9. LAMP-ON
10. BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS
11. BACKLIGHT-BOOST
12. POWER-OK
13. +24V
GND

1735 (B03A)

1M19 (B09A)

1.
2.
3.
4.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

LEFT-SPEAKER
GND-AUDIO
GND-AUDIO
RIGHT-SPEAKER

1D38 (B03A)
1. LEFT-SPEAKER
2. GND-AUDIO
3. RIGHT-SPEAKER

LIGHT-SENSOR
GND
RC
LED-2
+3V3-STANDBY
LED-1
KEYBOARD
+5V

1G51 (B06B)
1. +VDISP
2. +VDISP
3. +VDISP
4. +VDISP
|
|
51. CTRL-DISP

19100_807_110211.eps
110211

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 62

9-4 Block Diagram Video


VIDEO
B01A

COMMON INTERFACE

B02

1P00
17
51
52

7F01
74LVC245APW
20

VIDEO OUT - LVDS

7S00
PNX85537EB
+3V3

68P

PCMCIA

B06B

PNX85500

+5VCA

18

1G50
1

B02A VIDEO STREAM

2
B02F LVDS

CONDITIONAL
ACCESS

MDO(0-7)

CA-MDO(0-7)

BUFFER

MD0

9R04

B10A

DVBT2

1T01
TH2627

10

TUN-IF-P

4 5F73

11

TUN-IF-N

1
2F90

1F75

49
50

IF-AGC

64

4 TS-FE-VALID
TS-FE-SOP
3
5 TS-FE-CLOCK
7

I2C

40

TS-FE-DATA

VCC

AGC AMPLIFIER 7 3F79-1

IF-P-DVBT2

2F78

6 3F79-4

IF-P-DVBT2

BANDPASS
FILTER

PNX-IF-P

AE12

PNX-IF-N

AF12

OUT
4 IN
AGC CONTROL

TUNER_P
TUNER_N

SELECT-SAW

B01H

B04D

HDMI

PNX-IF-AGC

B04A

HDMI

DRX2+

26

15
11

DRX2DRX1+

25
24

AVI-B

20

AV1-CVBS

DRX1DRX0+

23
RXD
22

9
10

DRX0-

21

DRXC+

20

12

DRXC-

19

20

1
2

7E06
EF

ARX2+

72

ARX2ARX1+

71
70

ARX1ARX0+

69
RXA
68

AV1-STATUS

21

7E09-1

16

66

12

ARXC-

65

B02G
CONTROL
B02G
CONTROL

R-VGA

G-VGA
B-VGA
H-SYNC-VGA

BRX2BRX1+

7
6

BRX1BRX0+

5
RXB
4

BRX0-

BRXC+

12

BRXC-

B01C

B04B

+5V-USB1
1P08
1

B02E CONROL

USB_DN
USB_DP

FLASH

7FL5
CY7C65631

7F20
H27U4G8F2DTR

AV3-PR

AC15

AV3-Y

AE15

Y
1E03

AV3-PB

AD15

CRX2+

18

CRX2CRX1+

17
16

CRX1CRX0+

15
14

9
10

CRX0-

13

CRXC+

12

12

CRXC-

11

+3V3-HDMI

9,27,64

2
3

USB2-DM
USB2-DP

21

+5V

13

1F24
1

SIDE USB
CONNECTOR

2
3
4
5

USB-WIFI-DDn
USB-WIFI-DDP

+3V3

SSB 3139 123 6519.x

DDR

PR_R_C1
DDR2-D(0-31)

DQ

1E08
EXT 3

10
5

DDR2-VREF-CTRL2
DDR2-VREF-CTRL3

B05A

1E04
PR

A2
V1

+5V-USB2
1P07
1

14
VCC
12,37

SIDE USB
CONNECTOR

NAND
FLASH

XIO-D(00-07)

Y_G1
PB_B1

7B00
H5PS1G83E

SDRAM
128Mx8

17

USB
HUB

22

VREF_1
VREF_2

2
3

USB1-DM
USB1-DP

9F25

7B02
H5PS1G83E

SDRAM
128Mx8

7B03
H5PS1G83E

SDRAM
128Mx8

7B01
H5PS1G83E

SDRAM
128Mx8

B02C HDMI_DV

RXC

VCC33

62
TXC_P
63
TXC_N
60
TX0_P
61
TX0_N
58
TX1_P
59
TX1_N
56
TX2_P
57
TX2_N

HDMIA-RXC+
HDMIA-RXCHDMIA-RX0+
HDMIA-RX0HDMIA-RX1+
HDMIA-RX1HDMIA-RX2+
HDMIA-RX23S0W
+3V3

W25
RXC_A_P
W26
RXC_A_N
V25
RX2_A_P
V26
RX2_A_N
U25
RX1_A_P
U26
RX1_A_N
T25
RX0_A_P
T26
RX0_A_N
W24
RREF

VDDL
VREF

1
2
19
18

R25

B01B

1P02

HDMI 1
CONNECTOR

9F26

USB-DM
USB-DP

R26

B02A FLASH

B02B MEMORY

ANALOGUE EXTERNALS B

PB

4
6
7

USB HUB

AF16 VGA_R
AD16
VGA_G
AE16
VGA_B
AB18
HSYNC_IN
AC18
VSYNC_IN

V-SYNC-VGA

+VDISP

XIO_D

1
3
13
14

11

BRX2+

9
10

3
2

1E05

VGA
CONNECTOR

1
4
6
7

CVBS1_OUT

40
4

VGA

10

67

B01I

15

ARX0ARXC+

PX4

18

9
10

AF11

CVBS-MON-OUT1

HDMI
SWITCH

AC13
AV1_R
AE13
AV1_G
AD13
AV1_B
AB15
CVBS_Y1

15

SCART1

1
2
19
18

19

1P03

19
18

7E05
EF

11

16

1
4
6
7

HDMI 2
CONNECTOR

AV1-R
AV1-G

AV1-BLK

1P04

HDMI 3
CONNECTOR

EXT 1

1
2
19
18

1
4
6
7

IF_AGC

1E01

1P05

HDMI SIDE
CONNECTOR

AD12

ANALOGUE EXTERNALS A

*7EC1
SII9187BC
SII9287BC

LOUT4

TO DISPLAY

B02E
CONTROL

PX3

SSB 3104 313 6519.x

2F74

7F70

LOUT3
B02I ANALOG VIDEO

7F75
UPC3221GV

SAW 36MHZ17

49

A1 E2
A

A1 E2

A1 E2

VDDL
VREF

IF-OUT2

RF-AGC

DVBT2-IFN
DVBT2-IFP

DVBT2
CHANNEL
DECODER

VDDL
VREF

IF-OUT1

1G51
51

24M

RF_AGC

RF IN

+5V-TUN-PIN

5F70

MAIN HYBRID
TUNER

N.C.

50
53

TUNER

41

N.C.

7FJ0
CXD2820R

7FJ1

B01F

TS-FE-DATA

16

9R03-4

3 2

11

AGC

TS-DVBS-DATA

QM

73

PX2

R23 TNR_SER1_MIVAL
R22
TNR_SER1_SOP
T22
TNR_SER1_MICLK
T21 TNR_SER1_DATA

19

9R03-2

TS-FE-VALID
TS-FE-SOP
TS-FE-CLOCK

3 2

122
12

TS-DVBS-VALID
TS-DVBS-SOP
TS-DVBS-CLOCK

IM
XTAL
QP

9R03-1

78
75
74

D(16-23)

31

20
32
18

1FL5

16M

1R10

30

IP

VDDL
VREF

SAT IN

LOUT2

DVB-S
CHANNEL
8
DECODER

21

D(8-15)

DVB-S
TUNER

D(0-7)

1R01

TO DISPLAY

7R01
STV0903BAC

D(24-31)

7R02
STV6110A

MDI

PNX85537

DVBS-FE

PX1

LOUT1
CA-MDI(0-7)

B07A

A1 E2
DDR2-A(0-14)
+1V8
DDR2-VREF-DDR

*6000 SERIE MUX SII9187 NON INSTAPORT


7000 SERIE MUX SII9287 INSTAPORT
19100_811_110214.eps
110214

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 63

9-5 Block Diagram Audio


AUDIO
B02

1P00
17

7F01
74LVC245APW
20

B02A VIDEO STREAM

8
122
12

19

QM

11

78
75
74

9R03-1

TS-DVBS-VALID
TS-DVBS-SOP
TS-DVBS-CLOCK

9R03-2

TS-DVBS-DATA

9R03-4

73

9R04

B10A

16

TUNER

DVBT2-IFP

1T01
TH2627
+5V-TUN-PIN

IF-OUT1

1
1

TUN-IF-N

2F90

1F75

2F74

2F78

7FJ0
CXD2820R
49

PO_7

DVBT2
CHANNEL
DECODER

7F75
UPC3221GV

B03C

6 3F79-4

IF-P-DVBT2

B02E
CONTROL

BANDPASS
FILTER

PNX-IF-P

AE12

PNX-IF-N

AF12

PNX-IF-AGC

B04D

HDMI

B04A

HDMI

AD12

B02D

ANALOGUE EXTERNALS A

*7EC1
SII9187BCNU
SII9287BCNU
1

1E01-1
3

AP-SCART-OUT-L

3EA7-1

AP-SCART-OUT-R

3EA7-4

AUDIO-OUT-L

7S05

1
2
19
18

HDMI SIDE
CONNECTOR

26

DRX2DRX1+

25
24

DRX1DRX0+

23
RXD
22

4
6
7
9
10

DRX0-

21

DRXC+

20

12

DRXC-

19

1
2

11

PO_6

16
20

ADAC(5)

AE6

72

ARX2ARX1+

71
70

ARX1ARX0+

69
68 RXA
67

ARXC+

66

12

ARXC-

65

+3V3-HDMI

9,27,64

ADAC(6)

ADAC_5

AF6 ADAC_6

AUDIO-IN1-L

AE10 AIN1_L

AUDIO-IN1-R

AF10

15

AIN1_R

21

A-PLOP

ARX2+

ARX0-

IF_AGC

7E01

9
10

AUDIO-OUT-R

B04B

A-PLOP

B04E

ANALOGUE EXTERNALS B
1E08
6

AUDIO IN
L+R

AUDIO-IN3-L

AE9

AUDIO-IN3-R

AF9

AB19

AUDIO-IN4-L

AD9

AUDIO-IN4-R

AC9

7
6

BRX1BRX0+

5
RXB
4

9
10

BRX0-

BRXC+

12

BRXC-

AIN3_L

ADAC3

DIGITAL
AUDIO
OUT

2
1
3

+3V3

SPDIF-OPT
SSB 3139 123 6519.*

1
2
19
18

HDMI 1
CONNECTOR

CRX2CRX1+

17
16

CRX1CRX0+

15
RXC
14

9
10
12
14

CRX0-

13

CRXC+

12

CRXC-

11

IN-1

VO_2

AMP1

AMP2

3
1

ADAC4

AD6

ADAC(4)

B01C

B02E CONROL

IN-2

VDD

1E07

USB HUB

+5V-USB1
1P08
1
USB_DN
USB_DP

R26

9F26

USB-DM
USB-DP

R25

2
3

USB1-DM
USB1-DP

9F25

B02A FLASH

B01B

7FL5
CY7C65631

FLASH
7F20
H27U4G8F2DTR-BC

17

AIN3_R

USB
HUB

XIO-D(00-07)

NAND
FLASH

AIN4_L

2
3

USB2-DM
USB2-DP

21

ARC-eHDMI+

5EC2

+5V
13

USB-WIFI-DDn
USB-WIFI-DDP

14

+3V3

SIDE USB
CONNECTOR

1F24
1
2
3
4
5

SSB 3139 123 6519.x

AF5

B05A

SPDIF_OUT

SEL-HDMI-ARC

AF18

HDMIA-RX0HDMIA-RX1+
HDMIA-RX1HDMIA-RX2+
HDMIA-RX23S0W
+3V3

DDR2-D(0-31)

P0_4

B02C HDMI_DV
W25
RXC_A_P
W26
RXC_A_N
V25
RX2_A_P
V26
RX2_A_N
U25
RX1_A_P
U26
RX1_A_N
T25
RX0_A_P
T26
RX0_A_N

HDMIA-RX0+

W24

DDR

DQ

B02G STANDBY

HDMIA-RXC+
HDMIA-RXC-

eHDMI+

12,37

SIDE USB
CONNECTOR

+5V-USB2
1P07
1

9
10
5

18

SPDIF-OUT

62
TXC_P
63
TXC_N
60
TX0_P
61
TX0_N
58
TX1_P
59
TX1_N
56
TX2_P
57
TX2_N

HEADPHONE
OUT 3.5mm

+3V3

B02B MEMORY
SPDIF-OUT-PNX

1P02

4
6
7

+3V3
7S09
2
3 &
1

1328

SHUTDOWN
VO_1

ADAC(3)

AF7

AIN4_R

SSB 3139 123 6495.*

18

TEMP SENSOR + HEADPHONE

B03A

A-PLOP

22

CRX2+

SPEAKER
WOOFER

B01J

1E10

HEADPHONE
AMPLIFIER

7B00
H5PS1G83EFR

SDRAM
128Mx8
VDDL
VREF

7EE0-2

VCC
BRX2BRX1+

A-STBY

RESET-AUDIO

D(0-7)

1
2
19
18

HDMI 2
CONNECTOR

DETECT2

7D03
STANDBY &
PROTECTION

VCC33

BRX2+

MUTE

HEADPHONE

1P03

4
6
7

SPEAKER R
1D38
1

B04A

XIO_D

VGA (OR DVI)


AUDIO

7EE1
TPA6111A2DGN

1E09

RIGHT-SPEAKER

15

TUNER_N

SCART1

1
4
6
7
19
18

HDMI
SWITCH

1P04

HDMI 3
CONNECTOR

DRX2+

OUT-R
SD

TUNER_P

PNX85500: AUDIO

1P05
1

7D03
MAINS SWITCH
DETECT

7EE0-1

SELECT-SAW

B01H

B04E

VCC
IF-P-DVBT2

SPEAKER L
3

IN-R

5D03

B02I ANALOG VIDEO

AGC AMPLIFIER 7 3F79-1

A-STBY

SSB 3139 123 6519.x

AUDIO-MUTE-UP

TS-FE-DATA

A-PLOP

B04E
AC19

TS-FE-VALID
4
TS-FE-SOP
3
5 TS-FE-CLOCK

50

-AUDIO-R
7D15

B02G STANDBY

OUT
4 IN
AGC CONTROL

SAW 36MHZ17
7F70

10

11

4 5F73

ADAC(2)

AE7

A1 E2

7B02
H5PS1G83EFR

SDRAM
128Mx8

A1 E2

7B03
H5PS1G83EFR

SDRAM
128Mx8

A1 E2

7B01
H5PS1G83EFR

SDRAM
128Mx8
VDDL
VREF

MAIN HYBRID
TUNER

TUN-IF-P

5F70

IF-OUT2 10

RF IN

ADAC_2

24M

B01F

TS-FE-DATA

1735
1

LEFT-SPEAKER

22

CLASS D
POWER
AMPLIFIER

R23
TNR_SER1_MIVAL
R22
TNR_SER1_SOP
T22
TNR_SER1_MICLK
T21
TNR_SER1_DATA

A-PLOP

DVBT2

DVBT2-IFN

TS-FE-VALID
TS-FE-SOP
TS-FE-CLOCK

D(24-31)

AGC

31

DVB-S
CHANNEL
DECODER

OUT-L

IN-L

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

IM
XTAL
QP

1FL5

16M

1R10

30

IP

20
32
18

+AUDIO-L

VDDL
VREF

SAT IN

21

14

12

ADAC(1)

AD7

D(16-23)

DVB-S
TUNER

ADAC_1

VDDL
VREF

1R01

7R01
STV0903BAC

PVCC_R

3 2

7R02
STV6110A

5D07
10,12 5D08
1,3

PVCC_L
7S05
LM324P

MDI

D(8-15)

DVBS-FE

7D10
TPA3123D2PWP

MD0

CA-MDO(0-7)

BUFFER

B02D AUDIO

MDO(0-7)

CA-MDI(0-7)

B07A

AUDIO

7S00
PNX85537EB

+3V3

68P

CONDITIONAL
ACCESS

B03A

CLASS-D

51
52
PCMCIA

B02D

PNX85500

+5VCA

18

3 2

COMMON INTERFACE

PNX85537

B01A

A1 E2
DDR2-A(0-14)

+1V8
VREF_1
VREF_2

RREF

A2
V1

DDR2-VREF-DDR
DDR2-VREF-CTRL2
DDR2-VREF-CTRL3

*6000 SERIE MUX SII9187 NON INSTAPORT


7000 SERIE MUX SII9287 INSTAPORT
19100_812_110215.eps
110215

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 64

9-6 Block Diagram Control & Clock Signals


CONTROL + CLOCK SIGNALS

DDR2-D(0-31)

DQ

SDRAM
128Mx8

SDRAM
128Mx8

F8 E8

F8 E8

CLK_N
CLK_P

ETH-TXCLK

AA2

RXCLK
TXCLK

RESET-ETHERNETn

B03D

CPLD

XTAL

122

QP

12

B08A

73

TS-DVBS-DATA

QM
IP
IM

SENSE+1V0-DVBS

52

B10A
B01F
B01F
B02E

B01A

FLASH

9R04

74 TS-DVBS-CLOCK
MULTI
11
TS-DVBS-SOP
75
STANDARD
7 DEMODULATOR 78 TS-DVBS-VALID
8 FOR SAT DIG TV 62
RESET-DVBS

TS-FE-DATA

T21

TS-FE-CLOCK

T22

9R03-2
9R03-1

GPIO_1
TNR_SER1_DATA

TNR_SER1_MICLK
R22
TNR_SER1_SOP
R23
TNR_SER1_MIVAL

TS-FE-SOP
TS-TS-VALID

41
40

PNX-SPI-SDO

39

31

AMBI-LATCH1_G2

19
20
28

AMBI-PROG_B1
AMBI-BLANK_R1
AMBI-LATCH2_DIS

10
11
13

21
32

AMBI-SPI-CS-EXTLAMPSn
AMBI-TEMP

14

DVBT2

7FJ0
CXD2820R

DVBT2-IFN

49

DVBT2-IFP

50

TS-FE-VALID
4
TS-FE-SOP
3
DVBT2
CHANNEL 5 TS-FE-CLOCK

DECODER 7

TS-FE-DATA

RESET-SYSTEMn

COMMON INTERFACE
7F00

1P00
1
20

MOCLK

CA-MOCLK

K24

62
63

MOVAL
MOSTRT

CA-MOVAL
CA-MOSTRT

L23
L22

VS_2
MOVAL
MOSTRT
MDI

7F01

VCC

12,37

+3V3

MDO(0-7)

COMMON INTERFACE

NAND
FLASH

PCMCIA

CONDITIONAL
ACCESS

GPI0_7

B02G

Y22

3D-LR

MDO

CA-MDO(0-7)
7F02
7F03

B02A FLASH

CA-A(00-14)

XIO-A(0-15)

XIO_A

7F04
7F05

CA-D(0-7)

43
3
26

BL_PWM

TO AMBILIGHT
MODULE

15

VCCIO

AD5

BACKLIGHT-PWM

B02E

9GA0

VIO
BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS

B03C

OPTIONAL

B01C

PNX85500: MIPS

USB HUB
+5V-USB2
1P08
1

USB_DN
USB_DP

9F26

USB-DM
USB-DP

R26
R25

2
3

USB-DM2
USB-DP2

9F25

4
RESET-SYSTEMn
SELECT-SAW

AE4
RESET_SYS
U23
GPI0_11

B04C

B01F

7FL5
CY7C65631

ETHERNET + SERVICE

+5V-USB1
1P07
1

USB
HUB

10
5

18

2
3

USB-DM1
USB-DP1

1E06
GPI0_2
GPI0_3

RXD1-MIPS

Y23

TXD1-MIPS

Y24

21
UART
SERVICE
CONNECTOR

3
1

SIDE USB
CONNECTOR

SSB 3139 123 6495.x

B01K B02G

17

+5V
13

22

SIDE USB
CONNECTOR

1F24
1
2
3
4
5

USB-DM3
USB-DP3

14

SSB 3139 123 6519.x

XIO_D

XIO-D(00-15)

PXCLK54
PNX-SPI-CS-BLn

AC5
V22

AMBI-SPI-CS-OUTn_R2

3
5
7

PNX-SPI-CLK
PNX-SPI-SDI

B02G

CA-MDI(0-7)

7F20
H27U4G8F2DTR

CLK_54_OUT

PNX85537

32
18
19
21

AMBI-SPI-SDI-OUT_G1
AMBI-PWM-CLK_B2

23
29
30

B02A VIDEO STREAM


9R03-4

27

AMBI-SPI-SDO-OUT

B02G

7R01
STV0903BAC

1M59
1

AMBI-SPI-CLK-OUT

DVBS-FE
7R02
STV6110A

NON DVBS CONNECTOR BOARD

PNX-SPI-CSBn
B02E CONTROL

19

B09A

7GA0
XC9572XL

B03B

SENSE+1V2

25M

1E70

AMBILIGHT CPLD

SENSE+1V1

20

B06C
B02H POWER
AF1
VDD_1V1
AA15
VDDA_1V2

3 2

AA3

ETH-RXCLK

F8 E8

DDR-CLK_N
DDR-CLK_P

N5
N4

B01B

F8 E8
DDR2-A(0-13)

RXD
TXD

SDRAM
128Mx8

ETH-RXD
ETH-TXD

ETHERNET
CONNECTOR
RJ45

20

SDRAM
128Mx8

7B01
H5PS1G83EFR

3 2

7E10
LAN8710A-EZK

ETHERNET

SATELLITE
TUNER

7B03
H5PS1G83EFR

ETHERNET + SERVICE
1N00

B07A

7B02
H5PS1G83EFR

SDIO-DAT2
SDIO-CDn
SDIO-WP

7B00
H5PS1G83EFR

24M

SDIO-DAT1

9
10
12

B02B MEMORY

W2
CC_DAT3
W6
CMD
W1
CLK
W5
DAT_0
W4
DAT_1
W3
DAT_2
U6
SDCD
V6
SDWP

1FL5

Pin6 Pin5

Pin4

Pin3

Pin2

5
7
8

Pin8 Pin7

B04C

SDIO-DAT3
SDIO-CMD
SDIO-CLK
SDIO-DAT0

D(24-31)

Pin1

Pin9

1
2

DDR

D(16-23)

1P09

SD-CARD
CONNECTOR

B05A

PNX85500

7S00
PNX85537EB
B02E ETHERNET

D(8-15)

B02A

SD-CARD

D(0-7)

B01D

B02G

68

PNX85500: STANDBY CONTROLLER

B01E

PNX85500-CONTROL

XIO-D(00-07)
B02G STANDBY

GPIO_10

9CH0

BOOST-PWM

V23

BACKLIGHT-BOOST

B03C

B06C

DC / DC

1M19
1

LIGHT-SENSOR

2
3
4
TO IR / LED BOARD AND
KEYBOARD CONTROL

5
6

AE26

RC
LED-2

9U41

P5_1
P1_0

LED2

AD19
AC25

LED1

AD26

PWM_0

PWM_1

7U43

+3V3-STANDBY
LED-1

SPI_CLK
P6_5
SPI_CSB
SPI_SDO
SPI_SDI
P3_0

KEYBOARD

7
8

P3_1
P1_7
RESET_IN
P6_4

AE22
AF23
AE23
AF25

PNX-SPI-CLK

PNX-SPI-WPn

PNX-SPI-CSBn
PNX-SPI-SDO
PNX-SPI-SDI

1
5
2

DETECT2
RESET-SYSTEMn
AV1-BLK

B03C
B02E
B04A

AA22

P3_2
P3_3

AB22
AD22

XTAL_IN

P3_5
XTAL_OUT

AV1-STATUS

AE25

LCD-PWR-ONn

AC20

B04A

CADC_2
P1_1

B03H

P2_0

P0_4
P2_2

19
18

1
2

B04D HDMI

4x HDMI
CONNECTOR

TO PIN:
1P02-13
1P03-13 PCEC-HDMI
1P04-13
1P05-13
ARX-HOTPLUG
1P02-19
BRX-HOTPLUG
1P03-19
CRX-HOTPLUG
1P04-19
DRX-HOTPLUG
1P05-19

P2_7

7EC0
EF

CEC-HDMI

AF19

7EC1
SII9187ACNU
SII9187ACNU
31
35
41
45

HDMI
SWITCH

P1_2

B02C HDMI_DV
RX

HDMIA-RC
3S0W
+3V3

W24

P0_1
P0_3
P2_6
P2_3
P0_6
P0_7

1F51
3
1 LEVEL SHIFTED
2
FOR
DEBUG USE
4
ONLY
5

SDM
FF29
SPI-PROG

7S20
NCP303LSN28G
2
3

INP OUTP
GND

AD18

RESET-USBn

AD21

ENABLE-3V3n

AF18
AE20
AA18
AE18

SEL-HDMI-ARC
LAMP-ON
RESET-DVBS
RESET-ETHERNETn

AC21

POWER-OK

AF20

STANDBY
RESET-AUDIO
AUDIO-MUTE-UP

RREF

+3V3-STANDBY

FF04

AE17

AB19
AC19

TXD-UP

AF22

AF17

VCC

512K

SDM
RESET-STBYn
SPI-PROG
+3V3-STANDBY

PNX85500: STANDBY CONTROLLER

FLASH

RXD-UP

AE21
AF21
AB20
AA26

1S02

B02G

P5_0

AD23

+5V

AF24

RESET-STBYn

B01C

B03C

+12V
+3V3-STANDBY

B02D
B07A
B04C

B06C
B01E

RES

DC / DC

CONTROL

B03C

CONNECTORS COMP

54M

B09A

7F52
M25P05-AVMN6P

BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS
BACKLIGHT-BOOST

ENABLE-3V3-5V
ENABLE-1V8
DETECT2

B03E
B03B B03D
B02G B03A

1M95
9
10
TO
11 POWER SUPPLY
12
2

B04E
B03A

19100_813_110216.eps
110216

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 65

9-7 Block Diagram I2C


IC
B01E

PNX85500: MIPS

B01J

PNX85500-CONTROL

MAIN NVM
SW

DDC_A_SCL

RXD-UP

3F65

TXD-UP

3F64

3S84

3S83

Y24

B02I

B02I

SDRAM
128Mx8
D(0-7)

1
2

3R14

3R15

RXD1-MIPS

3E53-4

3E53-3

TXD1-MIPS

3E53-2

3E53-1

1E06
3
47

UART
SERVICE
CONNECTOR

2
1

EDID
SW

48

3FJH

3FJJ

3T51

3R01

3R00

3FE8

3T61

DVBT
CHANNEL
DECODER

ERR
31

ERR
36

1P05
16

HDMI
CONNECTOR
SIDE

OPTIONAL

+5V-VGA

VGA-SDA-EDID-HDMI

9FC1

VGA-SCL-EDID-HDMI

9FC3

1E05
12
15

3S5V-1

VGA-SDA-EDID

9FC2

3S5V-3

VGA-SCL-EDID

9FC4

RES

VGA
CONNECTOR

RES

ANALOGUE
VIDEO
+3V3

B02B
MEMORY

DDR2-A(0-13)

DDR2-D(0-31)

DQ

B24

3S60

A23

3S61

4_SDA
4_SCL

B01F

TUNER

SDA-TUNER

3F75

TUN-P7

SCL-TUNER

3F76

TUN-P6

ERR
18

1T01
TH2627

D(24-31)

SDRAM
128Mx8

LNB
CONTROLLER

VGA

+5V-EDID

ETHERNET + SERVICE

PNX85500: ANALOG VIDEO

7B03
H5PS1G83EFR

D(16-23)

7B02
H5PS1G83EFR

HDMI

15

AD24

3S6F

SDRAM
128Mx8

3FE9
DRX-DDC-SCL

7FJ0
CXD2820R

DIN-5V

AD25

3S6G

7B01
H5PS1G83EFR

D(8-15)

7B00
H5PS1G83EFR

19
18

44

VGA_EDID_SDA
VGA_EDID_SCL

1
2

3EC1-3

3EC1-1

DRX-DDC-SDA

7T50
LNBH23QT

OPTIONAL

B04C
Y23

SDRAM
128Mx8

43

B01I

HDMI_DV

DDR

+3V3

DDCA-SCL

GPIO_2

B01H

HDMI
CONNECTOR 1

+3V3

MAIN
SW

GPIO_3

uP
LEVEL SHIFTED
FOR DEBUG
1
USE ONLY

DDCA-SDA

Y26

15

12

30

SATELITE
TUNER

RES

10

Y25

CRX-DDC-SCL

1F51
3

RES

DDC_A_SDA
XIO_D

40

1P02
16

13

29

7R02
STV6110A

HDMI
CONNECTOR 2
CRX-DDC-SDA

RES

15

B02C]

15

SCLT

ERR
28

B02A

AF21

39

DEBUG
ONLY

BRX-DDC-SCL

SDAT

19

11

P3_1

FLASH

B05A

DVBT2

P3_0

7F20
H27U4G8F2DTR

XIO-D(00-07)

B10A

3S1H

3S1G

AE21

3F62

16

18

CHANEL DEC
DVBS

1P03
BRX-DDC-SDA

CIN-5V

1F52
3

DEMODULATOR

19
18

+3V3-STANDBY

3F63

+3V3RF
97

7R01
STV903BAC

1
2

ERR
35

98

HDMI
CONNECTOR 3

3FBF-1

3S2G

FLASH

3EC3

34

RES

7FE0
TC90517FG

3FBF-2

AC24

33

EEPROM
(NVM)

15

3FC2

3S2F

MC_SDA

16

ARX-DDC-SCL

3FC1

AC23

ERR
23

45

19
18

ERR
53

MC_SCL

FLASH
(4Gx16)

DVBS-SUPPLY

1
2

ERR
15

RES

B01B

ERR
42

ARX-DDC-SDA

19
18

STANDBY
SW

7F58
M24C64

3ECA-2

PNX-SPI-CSBn
PNX-SPI-SDO
PNX-SPI-SDI

+3V3-STANDBY
STANDBY

46

1P04

BIN-5V

HDMI
MUX

3ECA-4

1
5
2

AF24
SPI_CLK
AE22
P6_5
AF23
SPI_CSB
AE23
SPI_SDO
AF25 SPI_SDI

30

3ECP-1

PNX-SPI-WPn

TEMP
SENSOR

29

3ECP-3

PNX-SPI-CLK

3S6V

512K

PNX85500: STANDBY
CONTROLER

3S6W

FLASH

B02G

B02G

SCL-UP-MIPS

54

7EC1
SII9287B
SII9187A

7FD1
LM75BDP

SDA-UP-MIPS

AIN-5V

53

3ECA-1

3S57

3F60

1_SCL

3ECA-3

C26

1_SDA

3F59

C25

3S56

3S69

CONTROL

3S6A

ERR
13

PNX85537

VCC

B08B

DVBS-FE

SCL-SSB
+3V3

B07A

TUNER BRAZIL

SDA-SSB

3EC5

3S5Z

3FD3

3_SCL

+3V3-STANDBY

B01K

HDMI

3ECU-4

3S5Y

A24

3_SDA

3ECU-2

B25

3S6D

B02E

7F52
M25P05-AVMN6P

B04D

TEMP SENSOR +
HEADPHONE

+3V3

7S00
PNX85537EB

3FD4

B02E

PNX85500: CONTROL

3S6E

B01E

MAIN
TUNER
ERR
34

ETHERNET + SERVICE

A25

3S5W

3S6B

3S58

22
23
24
25

ETH-TXD(0)
ETH-TXD(1)
ETH-TXD(2)
ETH-TXD(3)

AA1
AA4
AB1
AB2

20

ETH-TXCLK

AA2

AA3

9S11

SCL-DISP

3G2Y

49

+3V3

ERR
14

RXD_2
RXD_3
RXCLK

W21
GPIO_2

TXD_2
TXD_3

50

SCL-SET

LVDS
CONNECTOR

+3V3

RXD_0
RXD_1

TXD_0
TXD_1

3G2W

GPIO_3

W22

RXD2-MIPS
TXD2-MIPS

7S01
PCA9540B
2 CHAN.
MULTIPLEX.
ERR
24

ERR
64

3S66

AC1

SDA-DISP

3S68

ETH-RXD(3)
ETH-RXCLK

ETH-RXD(2)

2_SCL

9S12

3S65

Y5
Y6
AB4

SDA-SET

3S67

ETH-RXD(0)
ETH-RXD(1)

3S80

11
10
9

VIDEO OUT - LVDS

1G51

2_SDA

ETHERNET
CONNECTOR
RJ45

B26

3S6C

7E10
LAN8710A-EZK

ETHERNET

B06B

+3V3

3S81

B04C

B09A

DVBS CONNECTOR BOARD

3C83

3C81

TXCLK

1M71
3

TO
1 TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
RES

RES
9S13

SDA-BL

9S10

SCL-BL

SW

Programmable via USB


19100_814_110217.eps
110217

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Block Diagrams

Q552.2E LA

9.

EN 66

9-8 Supply Lines Overview


SUPPLY LINES OVERVIEW

8
9

8
9

HDMI SIDE
CONNECTOR

+12V_AL

B01I
GND_AL

3D-LR

+12V3

1E05
9

VGA
CONNECTOR

B02E

1M95
1
2
3
4
5

+3V3-STANDBY

STANDBY

B02G

B04d

TEMP SENSOR + HEADPHONE

+3V3

7
8

T 3.0A

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

9
BL-ON-OFF
10
BL-DIM1
11
BL-I-CTRL
12
POK

9
10

LAMP-ON
B02G
BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS
B06C
BACKLIGHT-BOOST
B01E
POWER-OK
B02G

13

13

14

14

+24V

GND1

7
8

11
12

12V/1V1
COVERSION

B02A
+3V3

+3V3

+5V

+5V

B03e

DC / DC

+5V
3F01

3U16

+3V3

+3V3

3S20

DDR2-VREF-CTRL3

3S06

DDR2-VREF-CTRL2

IN OUT
COM

+2V5-LVDS

CUA0

+3V3

+3V3

+12V

+5V

+5V
3F32

PNX85500: AUDIO

+2V5

B03d

B03e

+3V3

B03e

3S0Z

SD-CARD

B03E

+2V5-AUDIO

B03b
B03c

B02h

+12V

B03h

+12V

7UD1
5UD3

IN OUT
COM

+24V-AUDIO-VDD

5UD2

+3V3

5UD1

+5V5-TUN

IN OUT
COM

6UD0

+5V

+3V3-STANDBY

B03e

B03F
B02G

+3V3

+5V

PNX85500: STANDBY CONTROLLER

B10A

1UM0

B03d
B01,a,c,e,k,
B03c,d,e,
B04a,b,d,
B09a

+1V8

+3V3-STANDBY

TUNER

B03G
B03c

+5V-TUN
9F71

B02H

+5V-TUN-PIN

B10a
B03b
B03d
B03b

TOSHIBA SUPPLY

+3V3

B03d
+3V3

7FA3
IN OUT
COM

+3V3-DVBT2-R
+2V5-DVB
IN OUT
COM

DISPLAY INTERFACING-VDISP
+VDISP-INT
+1V2

1G03

B06B

5FJ4

+2V5-DVBT2-X

+1V2-FE

B06a

T 3.0A

B01f

+2V5-DVBT2-A

+1V2
9FK6

+VDISP

5FJ3

+5V-TUN-PIN

5FJ5

+1V2-DVBT2-C

5FJ6

+1V2-DVBT2-M

5FJ7

+1V2-DVBT2-P
+5V-TUN-PIN

VIDEO OUT - LVDS


SSB 3139 123 6519.x

+3V3

+3V3
+VDISP

AMBILIGHT CPLD

+3V3

+3V3

FAN - CONTROL

+3V3

+3V3

+12V

+12V

5GA0

VINT

5GA1

VIO

B03e

+5V-TUN

B03e

+3V3-DVBT2-D

5FJ2

B03d

B06C

V-AMBI
B03e

B03c

B01G

+3V3
5FJ1

DDR2-VREF-DDR

+VDISP

T 1.0A

+5V

B03d

DVBT2

B03b

+1V1

+3V3-STANDBY

+12V

+3V3

B03e

B03e

B01F

+12V

+3V3
5UM1

+1V1

B03b

TO
IR/LED
BOARD

1M59
TO
21 AMBILIGHT
MODULE

T 2.0A

DDR

B01,a,b,c,d,e,
g,j,k,
B02a,c,d,e,h,
B03c,f,g,h,
B04a,c,d,e,
B06b,c,d,
B08a,B09a,
B10a

B06a

+3V3-STANDBY

+24V
1C87

+1V8

TEMPSENSOR + AMBILIGHT

+3V3

+3V3

+24V

+3V3

+VDISP-INT
+1V1

PNX85500: CONTROL

+3V3-STANDBY

+3V3-STANDBY

3B20

+3V3

+3V3-STANDBY

+5V
1M19 1M20
5
6

DC / DC

PNX85500: MIPS

+3V3

B03e

+5V

HEADPHONE

+2V5-REF

7UD0

B03e

B03c
B03e

B03c

B03b

5UD0

B02E

+3V3-STANDBY

DIN-5V

+3V3-STANDBY

+12V

7UA0
VOLT.
REG.

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

B03c

B01E

CIN-5V

+3V3

B05A

+1V1

+3V3
+3V3-SD

+T

B04E

B06A

+3V3-ARC

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

B03c

3F40

1P02
18

+3V3

+3V3-STANDBY

7FK1

7S08

+3V3

BIN-5V

5FK1

+3V3
3S11

+5V-USB2

IN OUT
COM

B01D

1P03
18

+2V5

+T

B03e

HDMI 2
CONNECTOR

CONNECTORS COMP

+3V3

+5V-TUN

ENABLE-1V8
3UA0

B02D

B09A

AIN-5V

B01f
+3V3

USB HUB

+3V3

B02h

+5V5-TUN
7UA6

B03c

B03e

1P04
18

B03c

PNX85500: DIGITAL VIDEO IN

B03e

B01C

B08a

B03e

B03e

+V-LNB

+5V

DIN-5V

B02d,h

+5V5-TUN

+3V3

+12V

+V-LNB

B01h

+2V5

+5VCA

B02C

+3V3-DVBS

+12V

B03c

3U15

FLASH

B08a

+5V-EDID

7UC0

+1V8

B03e

B01B

DVBS-SUPPLY

+3V3-DVBS
B03c

HDMI 1
CONNECTOR
+5V

B03e

PNX85500: SDRAM

+T

B03c

B02g,h,
B03e,B10a

+3V3

+5V

B03e

B08B

B03e

+1V2

7UA3

+1V8

B03b

B07a
+V-LNB
B08b

+3V3-STANDBY
+5V-VGA

HDMI 3
CONNECTOR

+1V8

+12V

+3V3

IN OUT
COM

+2V5-DVBS

+3V3

B01I

B03b

PNX85500: NANDFLASH
CONDITIONAL ACCESS

B03e

B07a,B08b

7T01

+3V3-HDMI

B02h,g,B03e

+5V

B02B

HDMI

+5V-VGA
+1V1

5U01

IN OUT
COM

12 5T04

+3V3-STANDBY

+5V

B03e

COMMON INTERFACE

B07a
+3V3-DVBS

B03e

+3V3

B03e

IN OUT
COM

5T01 +1V-DVBS

B03c

+2V5-BRA

IN OUT
COM

+5V-DVBS

7T00
5T00

+3V3-ET-ANA

5EC0

7FE3
5FE9

B03D

+3V3

5E08

+3V3

+5V

B08a,B09a

+24V

7T03
1 TPS54283PWP
3 5T03
Dual
N-Synchr
Converter

ETHERNET + SERVICE

B02b,h,B03d,
B05a

23
24

+24V

+3V3

+24V

+3V3

B04D

+1V8

B01A

+3V3

B03e

7U04

+3V3-BRA-FLT

+5V

+3V3

+3V3

+1V8

5U00

+3V3

5FE4

+5V

B03e

7U01

+3V3-BRA

+3V3

B03c

+5V

B04C

12V/1V8
COVERSION

7U02-1

+1V2-BRA-DR1

5FE7

ANALOGUE EXTERNALS B

DVBS-SUPPLY

7T02

Dual
Synchronous
7U02-2
Step-Down
Controller
14

+1V2-BRA-VDDC

+3V3

B03e

+5V

+12V

+12V

B03c

TUNER BRAZIL

+1V2-BRA-VDDC

B03e

+5V

B03e

B01g

B02d,B03a

+3V3

B03e

B01g
B03b,d,e,g,
B08b,B09a

B08A

ANALOGUE EXTERNALS A

+3V3
B03e

+3V3-STANDBY

12

B03h

B03e

DC / DC

+3V3

+1V2-BRA-DR1

+VSND
GND1

B03B

7U03
TPS53126PW

B01K

+12V

+AVCC

B04A

B03e

B01e,B02e,
g,h,B03a,b,h,
B04d,e,B09a

+12VD

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

+3V3-STANDBY

B03c

+12VIN

1U40

+3V3-STANDBY

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

B04B

+5V-VGA

+12VIN

B03e

2
3
4
5

B04d

VGA

B03h

1M95
1

GND1

B03c

AUDIO

+3V3-STANDBY

B03c

3D09

B01J

STANDBY
GND1
GND1

DIN-5V

B03h

PSU
3V3SB

1P05
18

5T02

GND1
+12V3

HDMI

6EC1

N.C.

B01H

2
3
4
5
6

B03A

DC / DC

1M99
1

5U02

B03C
1M99
1
GND1
2
+12V3
3
GND1
4
+12V3
5
GND1
6
+12V3

5FA3
5FA4

+1V2-BRA-VDDC
+1V2-BRA-DR1

+1V1
+1V2
+1V8

B03c

+2V5

+2V5

B03c

+3V3

B01k

+3V3-STANDBY

+3V3

+2V5-AUDIO

B03e

+3V3

+3V3-STANDBY
+12VD

B07A

+3V3-STANDBY
+12VD

7UU0

+VDISP-INT

DVBS-FE

+1V-DVBS

B08a
B06a

+1V-DVBS

+2V5-DVBS

+2V5-DVBS

B08a

+2V5-LVDS
+3V3

B03e

VDISP - SWITCH

+3V3

+1V2

B01k
B03e

B03H

+1V8

+2V5-LVDS

B03d

SPI-BUFFER

+3V3

+1V1

+2V5-AUDIO

B02d

B06D

PNX85500: POWER

7UU2
LCD-PWR-ONn

+3V3-STANDBY

B03c

+3V3-DVBS

+3V3-DVBS

B08a
5R00

+3V3-DEMOD

5R01

+3V3RF

19100_803_110208.eps
100917

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 67

10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts


10-1 B01 393912364954
Common Interface

Common Interface
+3V3

3F01
+5VCA

19

0R3

3F02

CA-MOCLK
CA-MOVAL
CA-MOSTRT

IF01

3F03-1

IF02

8
100R

7
100R

CA-CD2n
CA-DATAENn

100R
3F03-2 2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

IF03

CA-CD1n

3EN1
3EN2
G3
1
2

18

MOCLK

17
16
15
14
13
12
11

MOVAL
MOSTRT

CA-DATADIR

MOCLK

MOVAL

10
19

MDO1
RES
MDO2

20

100n

MDO3

3EN1
3EN2
G3

3F04-1 1

8 100R

2
IF06

CA-MDO1
CA-MDO2
CA-MDO3
CA-MDO4
CA-MDO5
CA-MDO6
CA-MDO7

3F04-3 3
3F05-1 1
3F05-3 3

3F04-2
6 100R
3F04-4
8 100R
3F05-2
6 100R
3F05-4

7 100R

5 100R

7 100R

5 100R

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2

18

MDO0

MDO5
17
16
15
14
13
12
11

MDO1
MDO2
MDO3
MDO4
MDO5
MDO6
MDO7

3F08-2

3F10-1

MDO6
MDO7

3F10-2

3F12

CA-RDY

10

IF07

CA-WAITn
+3V3

CA-INPACKn
2F03

15-BIT ADDRESS
3EN1
3EN2
G3
18

XIO-A01
XIO-A02
XIO-A03
XIO-A04
XIO-A05
XIO-A06
XIO-A07

17
16
15
14
13
12
11

1
2

CA-VS1n

1
19

CA-ADDENn

CA-A00

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

CA-A01
CA-A02
CA-A03
CA-A04
CA-A05
CA-A06
CA-A07

10

XIO-A00

CA-WP

100n

20

7F02
74LVC245A

RES

10K
2 3F11-2 7
10K
3F11-3
3
6
10K
4 3F11-4 5
10K
8 3F11-1 1
10K

17
16
15
14
13
12
11

20
1
2

1
19

CA-ADDENn

CA-A08

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

CA-A09
CA-A10
CA-A11
CA-A12
CA-A13
CA-A14

10

XIO-A09
XIO-A10
XIO-A11
XIO-A12
XIO-A13
XIO-A14

RES

100n

3EN1
3EN2
G3
18

+3V3
2F05

8-BIT DATA
3EN1
3EN2
G3
18

XIO-D01
XIO-D02
XIO-D03
XIO-D04
XIO-D05
XIO-D06
XIO-D07

17
16
15
14
13
12
11

1
2

CA-DATADIR

19

CA-DATAENn

CA-D00

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

CA-D01
CA-D02
CA-D03
CA-D04
CA-D05
CA-D06
CA-D07

10

XIO-D00

RES

100n

20

7F04
74LVC245A

+3V3
2F06

CONTROL
7F05
74LVC245A

18

XIO-D09
XIO-D08
XIO-OEn
XIO-WEn
XIO-D14
XIO-D15
CA-WAITn

17
16
15
14
13
12
11

RES

100n

3EN1
3EN2
G3
XIO-D11

IF08

+5VCA

+3V3

1P00

+5VCA
2F04

XIO-A08

+3V3

CA-D03
CA-D04
CA-D05
CA-D06
CA-D07
CA-CE1n
CA-A10
CA-OEn
CA-A11
CA-A09
CA-A08
CA-A13
CA-A14
CA-WEn
CA-RDY

+3V3

7F03
74LVC245A

IF04

8
10K
7
10K
3F10-3
3
6
10K
3F10-4
4
5
10K

MDO4

IF05
CA-MDO0

3F08-1

1 3F09-1 8
10K
2 3F09-2 7
10K
3F09-3
3
6
10K
3F09-4
4
5
10K

MDO0

7F01
74LVC245A
1

+3V3

8
10K
7
10K
3F08-3
3
6
10K
3F08-4
5
4
10K

+3V3
2F02

B01A

100K

3F07-4

5
10K
3F07-2
2
7
10K
3F07-3
3
6
10K
3F07-1
1
8
10K

CA-ADDENn

MOSTRT

20

22u 16V

RES 2F01

+T

3F06

CA-RST
RES

100n

20

7F00
74LVC245A
1
+5V

2F00

TRANSPORT STREAM FROM CAM

1
2

1
19

CA-ADDENn

CA-REGn

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

CA-CE1n
CA-CE2n
CA-OEn
CA-WEn
CA-IORDn
CA-IOWRn
XIO-D10

CA-MIVAL
CA-MICLK
CA-A12
CA-A07
CA-A06
CA-A05
CA-A04
CA-A03
CA-A02
CA-A01
CA-A00
CA-D00
CA-D01
CA-D02
CA-WP

CA-CD1n
MDO3
MDO4
MDO5
MDO6
MDO7
CA-CE2n
CA-VS1n
CA-IORDn
CA-IOWRn
CA-MISTRT
CA-MDI0
CA-MDI1
CA-MDI2
CA-MDI3
+5VCA
CA-MDI4
CA-MDI5
CA-MDI6
CA-MDI7
MOCLK
CA-RST
CA-WAITn
CA-INPACKn
CA-REGn
MOVAL
MOSTRT
MDO0
MDO1
MDO2
CA-CD2n
71
72

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

1X07
REF EMC HOLE

1X04
EMC HOLE

1X08
REF EMC HOLE

1X01
REF EMC HOLE

92789-055LF

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

10

B01A

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_001_110114.eps
110114

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 68

Flash

Flash

B01B

12

7F20
H27U4G8F2DTR-BC

37

100n

100n
2F21

2F20

+3V3

VCC

[FLASH]
4G 16
3F20-1 1

3F20-3 3

3F21-1 1

3F21-3 3

100R
3F20-2
100R
3F20-4
100R
3F21-2
100R
3F21-4

100R

100R

100R

100R

3F22-2
+3V3

XIO-OEn
XIO-WEn
NAND-WPn

3F23
3F22-4

16
17
9
8
18
19
7

100R
3F22-3 3
10K
3F22-1 1
5 100R

100R

100R
IF22

3F24

+3V3

NC

2K2

CLE
ALE
CE
RE
WE
WP
R
B

IF23
VSS

13

3F19

10K

NAND-RDY1n

0
1
2
3
IO
4
5
6
7

IF21

NAND-CE1n
NAND-CLE
NAND-ALE

29
30
31
32
41
42
43
44

36

XIO-D00
XIO-D01
XIO-D02
XIO-D03
XIO-D04
XIO-D05
XIO-D06
XIO-D07

1
2
3
4
5
6
10
11
14
15
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
33
34
35
38
39
40
45
46
47
48

+3V3

B01B

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_002_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 69

USB Hub

B01C

USB Hub

B01C
IF44

100n

2F25

+3V3

26
11

IF32
+3V3
3F30
3 3F31-3 6
10K

IF41

12K IF40

IF39
4 3F31-4 5

31
30
27
35
22
24
25

100n

100n
2F33

100n
2F32

100n
2F31

100n
2F30

1u0
2F29

2F28

IF35

OSC1
USBDP_DN1|PRT_DIS_P1
USBDM_DN1|PRT_DIS_M1
BC_EN1|PWRTPWR1

13
2
1
12

3F37

9F25

USB-DP2

USB-DM

9F26

USB-DM2

RES 9F29

USB-DP3

RES 9F30

USB-DM3

10K

IF36

RESET
OSC2
USBDP_DN2|PRT_DIS_P2
USBDM_DN2|PRT_DIS_M2
SUSP_IND|LOCAL_PWR|NON_REM0BC_EN2|PWRTPWR2
TEST

DP
USBUP
DM
VBUS_DET

OSC3
USBDP_DN3|PRT_DIS_P3
USBDM_DN3|PRT_DIS_M3
BC_EN3|PWRTPWR3

RBIAS
SDA|SMBDATA|NON_REM1
SCL|SMBCLK|CFG_SEL0
HS_IND|CFG_SEL1

NC

17
4
3
16

USB-OC2n
USB-DP2
USB-DM2

+5V

IF37
19
7
6
18

USB-OC3n
USB-DP3
USB-DM3

8
9
20
21

GND_HS

3F34-4

FF33

+5V-USB2

100K
3 3F34-3 6

USB-OC2n

10K
VIA
38
39
40
41

IF31

28

XTALOUT

37

USB-DP
USB-DM

IF42

10K

XTALIN|CLKIN

USB-DP

0R3

32

+3V3

3F32

IF30

33

VDD_3V3

USB HUB

+T

10p

2F35

IF33

RESET-USBn

3F31-2

34

CR PLL
FILT

IF34

36
23
15
5
10
29

1u0

7F25
USB2513B-AEZG

24M

10p

3F35

10K
2F34

4
2

1F25

14

3F28

+3V3

1M0

2F26

100n
2F27

IF43

+3V3

3F36

2
USB-OC3n

100K
3F34-2

100K

10K

3F34-1

SIDE USB

100K

1P08
USB-DM2
USB-DP2

+5V-USB2

FF36
FF37

FF32

1
2
3
4 IF45

5401

FF38
USB-DM3
USB-DP3

+5V

FF39

FF30
FF31

RES
1F24
1
2
3
4
5

6
502382-0570

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_003_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 70

SD Card

SD-Card

B01D

3F40
+3V3
22u 16V

+T
2F40

B01D

FF45

+3V3-SD

0R3

+3V3

3F41-4

IF47

47K

3F41-3

SDIO-DAT3

SDIO-DAT3

SDIO-CMD

SDIO-CMD

3F44-2

FF47

100R

47K

3F43-3

1P09-1
6

FF48

100R

3F45 RES

SDIO-CLK

SDIO-CLK

3F44-1

+3V3-SD
8
FF49

100R

10K
2 3F41-2 7

SDIO-DAT0

47K

1 3F41-1 8

1 3F42-1 8

47K

SDIO-DAT0

SDIO-DAT1

SDIO-DAT1

SDIO-DAT2

SDIO-DAT2

47K

2 3F43-2 7

FF41

100R

1 3F43-1 8

3 3F44-3 6

100R

FF42

3F42-2

FF46

SCDA7A0200

1P09-2
7

SDIO-CDn

SDIO-CDn

FF44

SDIO-WP

SDIO-WP

FF50

47K
3 3F42-3 6

14
16

FF43

100R

13
15

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
SCDA7A0200

47K

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_004_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 71

PNX85500 Control

PNX85500 Control

B01E

+3V3-STANDBY

10K

3F67

3F66

IF50
5

512K
FLASH C

BACKLIGHT-BOOST
7F53 RES
PDTA114EU

PNX-SPI-SDO
IF52

6
IF53
1

PNX-SPI-CSBn
IF54

HOLD

+5V

PNX-SPI-CLK

PNX-SPI-WPn
+3V3-STANDBY
FF29

VSS

IF55

BOOST-PWM

IF61

47K

+3V3

+3V3

3F68 RES

PNX-SPI-SDI

3F52

7F52
M25P05-AVMN6

VCC
IF51

+3V3

100n
RES

100p

2F52

2F49

+3V3-STANDBY

10K
RES

+3V3-STANDBY

10K

7F54-1 RES
BC847BPN(COL) 6

7F54-2 RES
BC847BPN(COL)

SPI-PROG

IF56
4

IF57

2
1

FF04

IF62
SDM

FF58

1K0
RES

RES

3F69

10K

2F53

MAIN NVM

+3V3

RES

9CH0

10K

3F54

3F53

1u0

B01E

DEBUG ONLY
IF58

2F58 RES

SCL-SSB

1
2
3

0
1
2

WC

ADR
SDA

100R

SDA-SSB
FF63

SCL

3F63

100R

SCL

1
2
3

SDA
5

7
6
5

FF55

3F59
100R

3F60

SCL-UP-MIPS

FF56

SDA-UP-MIPS

100R

IF59

(8K 8)
EEPROM

10K

3F58

RES
1F52

3F62

FF62

100n
7F58

FF61

FF57

LEVEL

DEBUG / RS232 INTERFACE

TXD-UP
RXD-UP
RESET-STBYn
SPI-PROG

FF65

3F64

FF66

100R

SHIFTED

RES
1F51
FF64

3F65
100R

1
2
3
4
5

UP

FOR
DEBUG
USE ONLY

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_005_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 72

Tuner

Tuner

B01F

B01F

IF10
IF11

AGC CONTROL

3F79-4

AF73

15p

2F73

2F65 RES
1p0

2F72

220R

PNX-IF-N

3F77
IF79

3F81
220R

IF14

2F64

IF15

IF+

10n

* For BR NIM Tuner Only

3K3

470n

5F70

TUN-IF-P

5F73

3F78

10n
3

IF-

10n

2F90

IF86

TUN-IF-N

IF13

15p

220R

2F63

680n
2F66

10n

1K0
2F92

3F72

BA591

6F72

4K7

9F06

IF12

5F66

3F80
+5V-TUN-PIN
3F71

9F05

47n

2F85

100p

820R

VAGC

10n

IF16
330n
3F82 RES

10n

IF80

RES 5F76

2F79

*
2F70 RES

220R

10n
IF78

*
AF72

3F79-1

2F62

5F74

IF76

2F82

2F75

2p2
2F77

9F02

9F03

IF72

RES 2F95

FF82

OUTPUT2

IF74

2F80

INPUT2

RES
2F76

OUTPUT1

5F71

IF77

INPUT1

VCC

10n
2F78

GND2

IF81

IF73

FF01

IF-AGC

100n

2F93

5
4

GND

4K7
IF-AGC

FF75

FF81

IF82

PNX-IF-AGC

100p

2F61

* 9F04

TUN-IF-N
TUN-IF-P

RES 2F96

100n
2F60

2F91 RES

ATB2012
10n
IF89

15p

47R

2F86

3F75

15p

47R

IF87

SCL-TUNER

IF88

SDA-TUNER

IF90

SELECT-SAW

2F94

TUN-P6

TUN-P7

7F70
PDTC114EU

10n

3F76

RES

2F84

* For EU Hybrid Tuner Only

9F71
5F72 RES
+5V-TUN-PIN

+5V-TUN
22u

30R
2F88

4n7

AF71
AF70
FF00

O1
O2

2F74

GND1

IF75

X7251M
36M17

+5V-TUN-PIN

TUN-P6
TUN-P7

RES 2F59

RES 2F81

4n7

FF76

I
ISWI

RES 2F9D

RES 2F9C

RES 2F9B

RES 2F9A

RES 2F99

RES 2F98

RES 2F97

FF74

10n

12
6p8

6p8

6p8

6p8

6p8

6p8

6p8

1
2
3

TUN-P1

+5V-TUN-PIN
7F75
UPC3221GV-E1

1F75

PNX-IF-P

2F71

9F01

9F00

13
NC

IF_OUT2

IF_OUT1

11

4MHZ_REF

14

10

B+_TUN

I2C_SDA

I2C_ADR
5

TUN

RF_AGC

RF_IO

B+_LNA
2

16

I2C_SCL

TUNER

15

FF71

1T01

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_006_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 73

Toshiba Supply

Toshiba supply

B01G

+1V2-BRA-DR1

+3V3

5FA4

30R
10u

2FA4

OUT

30R

IN

100n

5FA3

7FA3
LD1117DT12

2FA3

+1V2-BRA-VDDC

FFAF

100n

COM

2FA2

B01G

FFA2

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_007_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 74

HDMI

HDMI

B01H

HDMI CONNECTOR SIDE


1P05
DRX2+

DIN-5V

DRX2DRX1+
DRX1DRX0+
DRX0DRXC+
DRXCPCEC-HDMI
FFB1
FFB2
FFB3
FFB4
20
22

DRX-DDC-SCL
DRX-DDC-SDA

DRX-DDC-SCL
DRX-DDC-SDA

47K

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
FFB5 21
23

1 3FBF-1 8

B01H

2 3FBF-2 7

DIN-5V

47K
DIN-5V
DRX-HOTPLUG

FFB6

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_008_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 75

VGA

VGA

B01I
3FC5
CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6FC1

1FC1

100p

RES 2FC1

FFC1

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6FC2

1FC2

100p

G-VGA

18R

1FC3

RES 6FC3

FFC4

100p

RES 2FC3

FFC3

CDS4C12GTA
12V

3FC7

9FC5

H-SYNC-VGA

9FC6

V-SYNC-VGA

4K7

3FC3

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6FC4

1FC4

FFC6
1216-02D-15L-2EC

B-VGA

18R

FFC5

47p

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6FC6

47p

2FC6

10K

RES
3FC2

FFC9

RES 6FC7

47p

2FC7

10K

4K7

3FC4

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6FC5

1FC5

FFC8

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES
3FC1

47p

2FC5

FFC7

9FC1

VGA-SDA-EDID-HDMI

9FC2

VGA-SDA-EDID

RES

9FC3

VGA-SCL-EDID-HDMI

9FC4
RES

VGA-SCL-EDID

RES 6FC8

1FC6

47p

+5V-VGA
CDS4C12GTA
12V

17

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

2FC4

VGA
CONNECTOR

3FC6

RES 2FC2

1E05

R-VGA

18R

FFC2

2FC8

B01I

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_009_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 76

Temp sensor & headphone

Temp sensor & headphone

B01J

SCL

A2

1K0

3FD2

9FD2 RES

9FD1 RES

100n

IFD3

IFD5

RES

+VS

A1

9FD5

SDA

1K0

2FD1

1K0
IFD4

IFD1

A0

100R

100R

OS

1K0
3FD7

SCL-SSB

3FD4

3FD6

SDA-SSB

IFD2

7FD1
LM75BDP

GND

3FD3

LTST-C190KGKT

RES

RES
3FD1

+3V3

6FD1

RES
1329

1
2
3

502382-0370

1328
MSJ-035-12D-B-AG-PBT-BRF

FFDA

AMP1

2
3
1

22n

FFDB
22n
2FDD

CDS4C12GTA
12V
2FDC

RES

6FD3

CDS4C12GTA
12V
1FD3

6FD2

1FD2

RES

1K0

1K0
3FDG-1

3FDG-2

AMP2

B01J

FFDC

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_010_110114.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 77

Tuner Brazil

B01K

Tuner Brazil

B01K

5FE0

IF63

IF64
+1V2-BRA-VDDC

+2V5-BRA

+3V3-BRA-FLT

1u0

100n
2FF1

100n
2FF0

100n
2FE5

100n
2FE4

2FE3

1u0

2FE0

30R

AGND
5FE3

IF65

IF66

+3V3-BRA-FLT

5FE4
+3V3-BRA

1u0

100n
2FF6

100n
2FF5

100n
2FF4

100n
2FF3

1u0

2FF2

30R
2FE6

30R

AGND
5FE5

IF67

IF68
+1V2-BRA-DR1
IF48

5FE7

+3V3-BRA

+3V3

1u0

100n
2FF9

100n
2FF8

2FF7

1u0

2FE8

30R

30R

5FE8

IF69

+2V5-BRA
7FE3
LD3985M25

1u0

100n
2FG1

25M4
4

5FE9

+5V
30R

18p

2FG3

18p

2FG2

1FE0

2FG0

30R
1

IN

OUT

INH

BP

FF03

+2V5-BRA

10n
2FG6

2FG7
AGND

2FG9

100n
2FG8

10n

100n

IF17
IF18

30
29

BFE2

28
27

BFE3

100n
2FH6

100n

24
25

2FH7

100n

26

AGND

39

AGND

0
XSEL
1

PBVAL
RERR
RLOCK

P
ADI_AI
N

RSEORF

P
ADQ_AI
N

SBYTE
SLOCK

P
AD_VREF
N

SRCK

AD_VREF

SRDT

DTCLK

STSFLG1

21
58
53
54
55

1n5

33R

TS-BR-VALID

9F27-1

TS-FE-VALID

3FG6-3

33R

TS-BR-SOP

9F27-2

TS-FE-SOP

TS-FE-CLOCK

TS-FE-DATA

11
SCL-SSB
SDA-SSB

3FE8

100R
3FE9

IF49
100R

45
46

SYRSTN
AGCI
0
SLADRS
1

CKI
SCL
SDA

AGND

PLLVSS

STSFLG0

DFE8

DFE9
5FG0
3FG7

60

3FG6-2

TN

SCL
SDA

33R

9F28

TS-BR-CLOCK

33R TS-BR-DATA

9F27-4

30R
5FG2

DFF1
30R

3FE5
18K

10
51

1u0

DFE7

DFF2

IF28
IF-AGC

AGND

42
6
5
12
14

3FG2-1

RESET-SYSTEMn
10K

3FG2-2
10K

3FG4-2
4K7

3FG4-1
4K7

VSS

+3V3-BRA-FLT

4
15
33
37
44
47
50
57
62

10K IF29

0
TSMD
1

17

3FE7

AGCCNTR

AD_DVSS

1
41

10K

S_INFO

31

3FE6

AGCCNTI

AD_AVSS

DTMB

23

+3V3-BRA-FLT

10n

DFE6

61

38

3FG6-4

IF27
40

AGND

59
52

2FH4

* To be drawn near PNX85500

2FH3

2FH5

1u0

43
FIL

2FH2

VDDS

DR2VDD

34
48

13
35
49
64

20

16
36
56
63
VDDC

10n

2FG4

IF+
IF-

2FH8

3
2

DR1VDD

18

PLLVDD

19

32

AGND

AD_AVDD

AGND

AD_DVDD

AGND

22

COM
7FE0
TC90517FG

AGND

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_011_110208.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 78

10-2 B02 393912364954


NANDflash - conditional access

PNX85500: NANDflash - conditional access

B02A

7S00-5
PNX85500

D22
ALE
NAND
C21
CLE

XIO-A00
XIO-A01
XIO-A02
XIO-A03
XIO-A04
XIO-A05
XIO-A06
XIO-A07
XIO-A08
XIO-A09
XIO-A10
XIO-A11
XIO-A12
XIO-A13
XIO-A14
XIO-A15

J25
J26
H21
H22
H23
H24
H25
H26
G21
G22
G23
G24
G25
G26
F22
F23

IS25

00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
XIO_A
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15

XIO-D00
XIO-D01
XIO-D02
XIO-D03
XIO-D04
XIO-D05
XIO-D06
XIO-D07
XIO-D08
XIO-D09
XIO-D10
XIO-D11

XIO

B22
OE_
C22
WE_

XIO-OEn
XIO-WEn

CLK_BURST

INPACK
XIO-D14
XIO-D15

IS26

INPACK

3S15
10K

+3V3

B21

E21
CE1_
D21
CE2_
A20
NAND RDY2
F21
RDY1
A21
WP_

NAND-CE1n

NAND-RDY1n
NAND-WPn

9S08

10K
RES

NAND-ALE
NAND-CLE

D25
D26
C24
D23
C23
B23
A22
E22
F24
F25
F26
E23
E24
E25
E26
D24

00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
XIO_D
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15

3S1V

FLASH

10K

3S1W

+3V3

IS00

7S00-11
PNX85500
1

3S01-1
33R
3S01-3 6

CA-MDI0
CA-MDI1
CA-MDI2
CA-MDI3
CA-MDI4
CA-MDI5
CA-MDI6
CA-MDI7

8
3S01-2 2

3 33R
33R 5 3S02-4 4
33R
7 3S02-2 2
33R 3S02-1 1
3 33R
6
3S02-3
33R 5 3S01-4 4
33R

P21
7 P22
P23
P24
P25
8 P26
N21
N22

CA-ADDENn

J22

CA-DATADIR

K25

CA-DATAENn

K26
3S03

CA-MICLK

N23
10R
L25

CA-MOCLK

N24
3S31
CA-MIVAL
33R

N25

CA-MOSTRT

L22

CA-MOVAL

L23
J21
L24

CA-RDY

L26

CA-RST

J23

RES
9S01

CA-MISTRT

J24
+3V3

VIDEO_STREAM

0
1
2
3
MDI
4
5
6
7

0
1
2
3
MDO
4
5
6
7

10K

3S1X

+3V3

N26
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
L21

CA-MDO0
CA-MDO1
CA-MDO2
CA-MDO3
CA-MDO4
CA-MDO5
CA-MDO6
CA-MDO7

ADD_EN
DATA_DIR

VS

K23
1
K24
2

CD

K21
1
K22
2

DATA_EN
I
MCLK
O

9S00

CA-VS1n
CA-MOCLK
CA-CD1n
CA-CD2n

CA

+3V3

MISTRT
MIVAL

TS-FE-DATA

3S1R

MOSTRT

TS-FE-CLOCK

3S1S

MOVAL

TS-FE-VALID

3S1T

OOB_EN

TS-FE-SOP

560R
560R

3S1U RES
RES

560R
560R

RDY
RST
VCCEN
VPPEN

T21
DATA
T23
ERR
T22
TNR_SER1 MICLK
R23
MIVAL
R22
SOP

TS-FE-DATA

TS-FE-DATA

3S23

TS-FE-CLOCK
TS-FE-VALID
TS-FE-SOP

TS-FE-CLOCK

3S24

TS-FE-VALID

3S28

TS-FE-SOP

470R
3S29 RES

TS-FE-ERR

470R
470R

100n

7S02
5

33R

RES 470R

3S04
2S09

B02A

1
4
2
3

74LVC1G08GW

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_012_110209.eps
110209

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 79

SDRAM

PNX85500: SDRAM

B02B

F3
C2
F2
C3
B4
F1
C1
E1
F4
B2
E5
C5
A4
G5
B3
F5
U3
P2
U2
P3
N1
U1
P1
T1
V4
R5
U5
P5
N3
V3
R4
V5

3S07

180R 1%

180R 1%

3S22

DDR2-VREF-CTRL2

2S12

N
P

DQS0

N
P

DQS1

N
P

DQS2

N
P

DQS3

N
P

CASB
CKE
CSB
ODT
PCAL
RASB
WEB
VREF

1
2

N5
N4

3S30
10R

DDR2-CLK_N
DDR2-CLK_P

3S33
10R

E2
E3

DDR2-DQS0_N
DDR2-DQS0_P

D3
D4

DDR2-DQS1_N
DDR2-DQS1_P

R1
R2

DDR2-DQS2_N
DDR2-DQS2_P

T3
T4

DDR2-DQS3_N
DDR2-DQS3_P

K3
K4
L5
M4
M1
M5
H3

DDR2-CAS
DDR2-CKE
DDR2-CS
DDR2-ODT
DDR2-RAS
DDR2-WE

A2
V1

DDR2-CKE

3S6Q
10K

DDR2-ODT

3S6P
10K
RES

DDR2-VREF-CTRL2
DDR2-VREF-CTRL3

3S0V

FS01

DDR2-VREF-CTRL3

CLK

2S24

FS02

100u 2.0V

3S06

180R 1%

180R 1%

3S20

+1V8

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DQ
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

M0

DDR2-A0
DDR2-A1
DDR2-A2
DDR2-A3
DDR2-A4
DDR2-A5
DDR2-A6
DDR2-A7
DDR2-A8
DDR2-A9
DDR2-A10
DDR2-A11
DDR2-A12
DDR2-A13
DDR2-A14

1%

DDR2-D0
DDR2-D1
DDR2-D3
DDR2-D2
DDR2-D6
DDR2-D5
DDR2-D4
DDR2-D7
DDR2-D8
DDR2-D9
DDR2-D10
DDR2-D11
DDR2-D12
DDR2-D13
DDR2-D14
DDR2-D15
DDR2-D16
DDR2-D17
DDR2-D19
DDR2-D18
DDR2-D22
DDR2-D23
DDR2-D20
DDR2-D21
DDR2-D24
DDR2-D30
DDR2-D26
DDR2-D25
DDR2-D28
DDR2-D31
DDR2-D27
DDR2-D29

0
1
DM
2
3

J1
J3
K1
G4
L3
G3
L2
H5
L1
J5
J2
M3
J4
M2
K5

IS42
261R

D1
D5
R3
T5

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A 8
9
10
11
12
13
14

100p

DDR2-DQM0
DDR2-DQM1
DDR2-DQM2
DDR2-DQM3

MEMORY

0
1 BA
2

100n
2S25

DDR2-BA2

H1
H2
G1

DDR2-BA0
DDR2-BA1

100n
2S17

7S00-8
PNX85500

100p
2S20

B02B

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_013_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 80

Digital video in

PNX85500: Digital video in

B02C

7S00-6
PNX85500
T25
T26

HDMIA-RX1+
HDMIA-RX1-

U25
P
U26
RX1_A
N

P
RX0_A
N

DDC_A

Y26
SCL
Y25
SDA

HDMIA-RX0+
HDMIA-RX0-

V25
P
V26
RX2_A
N
HOT_PLUG_A

HDMIA-RXC+
HDMIA-RXC-

W25
P
W26
RXC_A
N

DDCA-SCL
DDCA-SDA
IS10

T24

IS01

3S0W

W24

RREF

12K
10u

+3V3

HDMI_DV

HDMIA-RX2+
HDMIA-RX2-

RES
2S2E

B02C

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_014_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 81

Audio

B02D

PNX85500: Audio

B02D
3S0Z
+2V5-AUDIO

3S53-1

+24V-AUDIO-POWER
4R7

100R

220n

2S3J
2S2S

10u RES

1u0 RES

2S34

100n

100u 4V

1u0

2S41

4R7
2S42

3S51

3S36-1
2S2G

1u0

AB9
POS
AB8
VR_AADC
NEG

4
IS1S

DBS8

AE5

7S05-3
LM324 8

3S39

-AUDIO-R

100R
11

ADAC(3)

33R
ADAC(4)

3S36-3

10K

10K

3S3H

3S36-4
2S2H

ADAC(5)

33R
3S3U

47p

ADAC(6)

+24V-AUDIO-VDD

33R

SPDIF_OUT

2S3D

AF5

56R

10

33R

AE1
1
AF2
VREF_AADC
2
AE3
I2S_OUT_SD 3
AC8
AF3
VCOM_AADC
4

3S3F

3S3G-2
2
7
3S3G-4

AD8
IS1A

IS03

ADAC(2)

SPDIF_IN1

1n0

IS1B

AD7
AE7
AF7
AD6
AE6
AF6

AD4
OSCLK
AD1
SCK
AD2
WS

I2S_OUT

ADAC(2)

33R

1n0
2S38

2S2L

AF8
L
AE8
AIN5
R

1n0
2S39

3S10
100R

ADAC(1)
3S3G-3

1n0
2S3A

1u0

1n0
2S3B

33R

1n0
2S3C

1
2
3
ADAC
4
5
6

AD9
L
AC9
AIN4
R

2S32

IS07
3

ADAC(5)

7S05-1
LM324

AUDIO-OUT-L

2
11

3S37

3S6L

10K

22K
2S2K

+3V3

47p

+3V3-ARC

+24V-AUDIO-VDD
3S11

IS1L

1R0
5

ADAC(6)

IS06

7S05-2
LM324 7

AUDIO-OUT-R

6
14

1 3S18-1 8

IS1G

SPDIF-OUT

220R

3S18-2

100n
7

+3V3

2S3K

+3V3

220R

&

7S09-1
74LVC00APW
1

IS1D

SPDIF-OUT-PNX

3S32

10K

22K
2S2J

7S09-3
74LVC00APW
9

&
6

14

+3V3-ARC

&

2S3L

180R

100n

3S6M

IS1K

2S3M

IS44
eHDMI+

100n
68R

3S25

+3V3

10

14

+3V3-ARC
7S09-4
74LVC00APW
12

&
11

+3V3

13
7

SEL-HDMI-ARC

IS1E

3S34

47p

+3V3-ARC
7S09-2
74LVC00APW
4

14

SPDIF-OUT-PNX

11

3S18-3

IS19

10K

7
10K

100n

22K

3S17-2

1 3S3G-1 8
IS1N

1u0

IS1Q

3S13-2

AE9
L
AF9
AIN3
R

1u0
2

10u
2S3G

2S33

100n
2S3H

AUDIO-IN4-R

22K

8
10K

3S36-2

47p

AC6
P
AB6
ADACR
N

AD10
L
AC10
AIN2
R

3S17-1

10u
2S3E

2S3F

AUDIO-IN4-L

+AUDIO-L

+24V-AUDIO-VDD
2S36

AUDIO
AE10
AC7
L
P
AF10
AB7
AIN1
ADACL
R
N

2S30
1u0

3S13-1

3S38
100R

11

10K

220R

6
10K

22K
1

7S05-4
LM324 14

13

7S00-2
PNX85500

2S31
1u0

IS1P

4
IS02

2S2Y
1u0

5
10K

3
3S17-3

+2V5

12

ADAC(1)

IS1M

3S17-4

4S14

100n

22K

INH

IS13

1u0
IS0V

3S13-3

BP

FS03

2S2Z

2S3Q

AUDIO-IN3-R

IS0R

3S13-4

IN

COM
2S2T

100R

10K
3S16-4 5
4
10K

OUT

1u0
3S16-3 3

5
IS12

2S2V

22K

AUDIO-IN3-L

100R

7S08
LD3985M25
FS08

3S53-4

7
10K

1u0

10K

AUDIO-IN1-R

IS1J

2 3S12-2

2
3S16-2

100R
3S53-3

10u

22K

2S2W

2S2R

3S19

AUDIO-IN1-L

1 3S16-1 8
10K

IS1H

3S12-1

9S06
RES

+24V-AUDIO-VDD

+3V3

3S53-2

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_015_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 82

MIPS

PNX85500: MIPS

B02E

B02E
+3V3

7S00-3
PNX85500

CONTROL

10K
3S62

IS04

GPIO6

PNX-SPI-CS-BLn

+3V3

GPIO6
PNX-SPI-CS-BLn
BOOST-PWM
SELECT-SAW

+3V3

FS64

SELECT-SAW

5K6

3S64

3S55

10K

TRSTN
TMS
TCK
TDO
TDI

RESET_SYS
BL_PWM

10K
CLK_54_OUT

3S83
+3V3

RXD1-MIPS
3D-VS

10K
3S84
+3V3
10K

3S60

B24
SDA
A23
4
SCL

R26
DN
R25
USB
IS4Z R24 DP
RREF

USB-DM
USB-DP

B25
SDA
A24
SCL

1
100R

1
100R

2 3S5W

SDA-SET
SCL-SET

SDA-SET
SCL-SET

3S6C

4K7

3S5Z

SDA-SSB
SCL-SSB

SDA-SSB
SCL-SSB

3S6E

2K2

3S61

SDA-TUNER
SCL-TUNER

2
1
100R

AA25
AA24
AA23
AB26
AB25

EJTAG-TRSTn-PNX85500
EJTAG-TMS-PNX85500
EJTAG-TCK-PNX85500
EJTAG-TDO-PNX85500
EJTAG-TDI-PNX85500

3S00

AE4

SDA-UP-MIPS
SCL-UP-MIPS

4K7

3S6A

SDA-TUNER
SCL-TUNER

3S6G

4K7
3S6B

4K7

3S6D

2K2

3S6F

2K2

FS44

EJTAG-TRSTn-PNX85500
EJTAG-TMS-PNX85500
EJTAG-TDO-PNX85500
EJTAG-TCK-PNX85500
EJTAG-TDI-PNX85500

FS49
FS50
FS51
FS52

EJTAG-DETECTn

FS53
10 9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

FOR FACTORY
USE ONLY

2K2
3S6K

EJTAG-TRSTn-PNX85500
EJTAG-TMS-PNX85500
EJTAG-TCK-PNX85500
EJTAG-TDO-PNX85500
EJTAG-TDI-PNX85500

1
10K

8 3S6H-1
10K
3
6 3S6H-3
2
10K
10K

+3V3

FS57

+3V3-STANDBY

BM08B-SRSS-TBT

7 3S6H-2
5 3S6H-4
4
10K

RESET-SYSTEMn

33R

AD5

BACKLIGHT-PWM

AC5

IS14
+3V3

TXD1-MIPS

3S72
3S4A

BACKLIGHT-PWM

+3V3
IS40
PXCLK54

47R
100R
IS15

3D-VS-DISP

3S4B
100R
RES

RES

+3V3
2S89
100n

+3V3

RES 3S21
+3V3

10K
10K

FS10 TXD2-MIPS
FS11 RXD2-MIPS

1
100R

1 3S5Y 2
100R

SDA-UP-MIPS
SCL-UP-MIPS

7S01
PCA9540B

VDD

SC0
SC1

SCL-SET

SCL

SDA-SET

SDA

INP
FIL

I2 C
-BUS
CTRL

3S65

SCL-DISP

1
4K7
1
4K7
3S67
1
4K7
3S68
2
1
4K7

SCL-DISP

3S66

SCL-BL

SD0

SDA-DISP

SD1

SDA-BL

SCL-BL
SDA-DISP
SDA-BL

2
2

VSS
6

+3V3
+3V3

3S80
3S81

10K

9S09

RES
1F10

3S69

2 3S57

10K

BOOST-PWM

+3V3

IS17

1
100R

3S58
1
2
100R

B26
SDA
A25
2
SCL

GPIO_0
GPIO_1
GPIO_2
GPIO_3
GPIO_4
GPIO_5
GPIO_6
GPIO_7
GPIO_10
GPIO_11

3S27

3D-LR

DS52

10K
3S82

Y21
IS16 Y22
Y23
Y24
W21
W22
W23
V22
V23
U23

3S56

10K

+3V3

BOOTMODE
3D-LR
RXD1-MIPS
TXD1-MIPS
RXD2-MIPS
TXD2-MIPS

1
100R

3S6J

10K
3S40

C25
SDA
C26
SCL

3S26

BOOTMODE

RES 10K

IS05

3S45
+3V3

FS31

9S10
IS08
SCL-SET

SDA-SET

IS09

SCL-BL

9S11

FS2W

SCL-DISP

9S12

FS2Y

SDA-DISP

9S13

SDA-BL

7S00-4
PNX85500

ETHERNET

ETH-RXCLK

AA3

ETH-RXD(0)
ETH-RXD(1)
ETH-RXD(2)
ETH-RXD(3)

Y5
0
Y6
1
RXD ETH
AB4
2
AC1
3

IS50

RXCLK

ETH-RXDV
ETH-RXER

AC2
RXDV
Y4
RXER

SDIO-DAT3
SDIO-CLK
SDIO-CMD
SDIO-DAT0
SDIO-DAT1
SDIO-DAT2
SDIO-CDn
SDIO-WP

W2
W1
W6
W5
W4
W3
U6
V6

TXCLK
0
1
2
3
TXEN
TXER
COL
CRS
MDC
MDIO

TXD
ETH

CC_DAT3
CLK
CMD
0
SDIO
1 DAT
2
SDCD
SDWP

AA2

ETH-TXCLK

AA1
AA4
AB1
AB2
AA5
AB3
AC3
Y2
Y3
Y1

ETH-TXD(0)
ETH-TXD(1)
ETH-TXD(2)
ETH-TXD(3)
ETH-TXEN
ETH-TXER
ETH-COL
ETH-CRS
ETH-MDC
ETH-MDIO

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_016_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 83

Video out - LVDS

B02F

PNX85500: Video out - LVDS

B02F

7S00-7
PNX85500
PX1APX1A+

A7
B7

PX1BPX1B+

C8
B8

PX1CLKPX1CLK+

9S90
9S91

LVDS

N
A
P
N
B
P

C10
N
B10
CLK
P

PX1CPX1C+

A9
B9

PX1DPX1D+

N
P

N
P

CLK

D7
E7

PX3APX3A+

E8
D8

PX3BPX3B+

E10
N
D10
P

9S94
9S95

PX3CLKPX3CLK+

N
P

D9
E9

PX3CPX3C+

A11
N
B11
D
P

D11
N
E11
P

PX3DPX3D+

PX1EPX1E+

C12
N
B12
E
P

E12
N
D12
P

PX3EPX3E+

PX2APX2A+

A14
N
B14
A
P

D14
N
E14
P

PX4APX4A+

PX2BPX2B+

C15
N
B15
B
P

E15
N
D15
P

PX4BPX4B+

CLK

E17
N
D17
P

D16
N
E16
P

PX4CPX4C+

D18
N
E18
P

PX4DPX4D+

E19
N
D19
P

PX4EPX4E+

PX2CLKPX2CLK+
PX2CPX2C+
PX2DPX2D+
PX2EPX2E+

9S92
9S93

LOUT1 LOUT3

N
C
P

C17
N
B17
CLK
P
A16
B16 N
C
P
A18
B18 N
D
P
C19
B19 N
E
P

LOUT2 LOUT4

9S96
9S97

PX4CLKPX4CLK+

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_017_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 84

Standby controller

PNX85500: Standby controller

B02G
POL

+1V1

B02G

2S13

100n

1u0
2S10

30R

RES
5S04

IS3B

10K

+3V3-STANDBY
3S1H
10K

3S1G

RXD-UP
TXD-UP

10K
3S2A

RXD-UP
TXD-UP
DETECT2

AE21
0
AF21
1
AA22
2
P3
AB22
3
AC22
4
AD22
5

RESET-SYSTEMn
AV2-BLK
AV1-BLK
KEYBOARD
LIGHT-SENSOR
AV1-STATUS
AV2-STATUS

AD23
0
AE26
1
P5
AE25
2
AE24
3

DETECT2

10K
RES
3S1K
10K
RES

RESET-SYSTEMn
3S1J
100K
RES

KEYBOARD
2S4E
100n

3S1L
10K

SPI-PROG

SPI-PROG
PNX-SPI-WPn

AF22
4
P6
AE22
5

VDD_XTAL

AF26

AC17

EA
ALE
PSEN
MC

RESET-STBYn

AB24

EA

AB23

AC23
SDA
AC24
SCL

AD26
0
PWM AC25
1

PSEN
3S2F
100R

100R

3S2G

SDA-UP-MIPS
SCL-UP-MIPS

100R

3S2K

3S2H
100R

LED1
LED2

AE23
SDO
AF25
SDI
SPI
AF24
CLK
AF23
CSB
AB17
0
AA18
1
AD18
2
AE18
3
P0
AF18
4
AA19
5
AB19
6
AC19
7

ALE

ALE

AC26

IS3F

3S44

IS3E

10K

3S43

IS3D

10K 3S42

10K

EA

PSEN
RES

SDA-UP-MIPS
SCL-UP-MIPS

3S6V
4K7
RES

LED1

3S6W
3S1P
10K

LED2

IS2V

CTRL-DISP
RESET-DVBS
RESET-USBn
RESET-ETHERNETn
SEL-HDMI-ARC
RESET-AVPIP
RESET-AUDIO
AUDIO-MUTE-UP

RES

3S41
10K

PNX-SPI-SDO
PNX-SPI-SDI
PNX-SPI-CLK
PNX-SPI-CSBn

IS2Z

4K7

RES
10K
RES 3S3Y
10K

CTRL-DISP
RESET-DVBS
RESET-USBn
RESET-ETHERNETn
SEL-HDMI-ARC
RESET-AVPIP
RESET-AUDIO
AUDIO-MUTE-UP

10K

3S2L
RES
10K
RES
10K

3S2S
RES
3S3W
4K7

3S46
3S47

+3V3-STANDBY

3S2M
RES
3S49

10K
4K7

+3V3-STANDBY

+3V3-STANDBY

7S20
NCP303LSN28
2

FS45
1

IS2U
5

INP
OUTP
CD

1K0

10K
3S3T

STANDBY

AA26

1 3S2V 2

RES 3S3S

RESET_IN

+3V3-STANDBY

10p

AF17

FS0Z

RESET-STBYn

NC GND
3

10K

AC20
0
AD20
1
AE20
2
AF20
3
P2
AA21
4
AB21
5
AC21
6
AD21
7

XTAL_OUT

AE17

3S3P

LCD-PWR-ONn
EJTAG-DETECTn
LAMP-ON
STANDBY
FAN-CTRL1
FAN-CTRL2
POWER-OK
ENABLE-3V3n

XTAL_IN

10p
2S4F

100n

10K

LCD-PWR-ONn
EJTAG-DETECTn
LAMP-ON
STANDBY
FAN-CTRL1
FAN-CTRL2
POWER-OK
ENABLE-3V3n

2
4
1

2S4K

3S3M

RES
10K
3S3N RES
10K
3S3Q RES
10K
3S3R
10K RES

7S00-9
PNX85500

9S0E

3S3L

10K

AD19
0
AE19
1
AF19
2 P1
AA20
3
AB20
7

2S4G

RES

+3V3-STANDBY

RC
TACHO
CEC-HDMI
BACKLIGHT-PWM-ANA-DISP
SDM

DS50

9S0D

3S1E
10K

RC
TACHO
CEC-HDMI
BACKLIGHT-PWM-ANA-DISP
SDM

AD17

10K
3S1D
27K

RES
10K
RES
3S1F

VDDA_ADC2V5

2S4D
1n0

3S1B
3S1C

VSS_XTAL

+3V3-STANDBY

VDDA_1V1_DCS

AA17

IS20

54M

100n

1S02

9S24

1u0
2S11

RES

2S37

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_018_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 85

Power

PNX85500: Power

B02H

5S80

IS3Q

2S5A

RES 10u

100n

2S6A

+1V1

B02H

30R

5S81

2S5B

RES 10u

100n

2S6B

+2V5
30R

5S82

IS3S

100n

100n
2S68

+3V3
2S5D

2S4M

100n

U22

VDD_3V3_SBY

10u

VSSA_USB

VDDA_2V5_VADC
VDDA_2V5_VDAC
VDDA_3V3_USB

10u

100n
100n

2S4Y

10u

2S50

100n

2S4Z

6.3V
10u

100n

+1V2
30R
c000

SENSE+1V2

Y17
D13
POL

T20
Y13

+2V5-AUDIO

Y10

100n

VDDA_2V5_USB

30R

R21

R20

100n

2S45

+2V5-AUDIO

5S87
+2V5
1u0

2S56

100n

2S55

30R

5S88
30R

10u

100n
2S57

2S5M

+2V5-LVDS

5S89
100n
2S58

10u

100n
2S6K

2S6H

+2V5
30R

5S90
+2V5
10u

100n
100n

2S53

2S4T

30R

2SHW

5S92
+3V3
1u0

100n
2S59

2
1

100n
2S6L

2S6M

IS58

VDD_1V1_DDR

VSSA_2V5_LVDS_BG

VDDA_2V5_LVDS_BG

AA7

+2V5

30R

5S84

AA9

2S46

VDDA_2V5_DCS

5S95

Y12

RES 1u0
2S4W

+1V1
IS3L

2S52

VDDA_2V5_ADAC

5S83

B13

2S51

VDDA_2V5_AADC

2S6P

100n

100n
2S6C
10u
2S4U

2S4V

Y19
Y18

AA15
Y15
VDDA_1V2
AA13
VDDA_2V5

30R

+3V3-STANDBY

IS3K
VDDA_1V1_LVDS_PLL

+3V3

2
100n
2S6N
1

2
2S6F
1

100n
1 2S6G 2

5S85

W20
P20
M20
K20
V7
Y8

VDD_1V1

100n

2S4N

C7
C9
C11
C14
C16
C18

2S4P

+2V5-LVDS

N6
N7

VDD_2V5_LVDS

VDD_3V3

220u 6.3V

100n
2S6E 2

2S6D

U20
U21

+2V5

30R

1
HDMI_VDDA_2V5

VDD_2V5

C13

1u0

2S21

100n

2
1

2S5P

HDMI_VDDA_1V1

V20
V21

HDMI_VDDA_3V3_TERM

VSSA_1V1_LVDS_PLL

2S29

220u 2.5V

J7

30R

VDD

A13

100u

2S23

5
100n

5
100n

5S94
+1V1

10u
RES

VSS

2S4S

VSS

VSS

M7
N2
N20
P10
P12
P14
P16
P18
P4
P6
P7
T10
T12
T14
T16
T18
T2
T6
T7
U4
V10
V12
V14
V16
V18
V2
Y20

VDD_1V8

U24
V24 HDMI_AGND

3
7
2

100n
2S5J-4

100n
2S5J-2

6
100n
2S5H-3

2
8

100n
2S5J-1

4
100n
2S5J-3

100n
2S5K-4

6
100n
2S5K-3

7
2

100n
2S5K-2

2S5K-1
1
AA16
AA8
Y11
Y14
Y16
Y9

VSS

G14
G16
G18
G2
G20
G8
H4
H6
H7
J20
K10
K12
K14
K16
K18
K2
K6
K7
L20
L4
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M6

A1
A10
A12
A15
A17
A19
A26
A3
A8
B1
B20
C20
C4
D2
D20
E13
E20
E4
F10
F12
F14
F16
F18
F20
F8
G10
G12

100n
2S5H-4

8
100n
2S5H-2

100n
2S5H-1

100n
2S5G-4

100n
2S5G-3
3

100n
2S5G-2
2

2S5G-1
1

22u

22u
2S4R

100n

2S4Q

100n

2S27

2S28

100n

2S43

+1V1

AF1
AE2
AD3
AC4
AB5
H20
F11
G11
F13
G13
F15
G15
F17
G17
F19
G19
J9
J11
J13
J15
J17
L9
L11
L13
L15
L17
N9
N11
N13
N15
N17
R9
R11
R13
R15
R17
U9
U11
U13
U15
U17
J6
AA6
Y7
W7
F9
G9

30R

5S93
L6
L7
R6
R7
U7
A5
A6
B5
B6
C6
D6
E6
F6
G6
F7
G7

7S00-10
PNX85500

VSSA

RES 10u

c001

SENSE+1V1

7S00-12
PNX85500

100n

2S5C

100n
2S67

100n
2S66

100n
2S65

100n
2S64

100n
2S63

100n

2S62

100n
2S61

100u
2S60

2S26

+1V8

30R
4

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_019_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 86

Analog video

PNX85500: Analog video

B02I

2S87

AV1-CVBS

Y-SVHS

47R

3S5B

22n

56R

Connectivity

2S8A

3S59

47R

22n

3S05

B02I

2S7J

AV1-R

C-SVHS

2S22

3S4J

56R

22n

22n

EU: SCART1

CVBS-MON-OUT1
22n

560R

3S5E

2S7K

AV1-B

56R

3S4L

AP:

3S08

560R

47p

2S7H

2S40

IS4V

22n

8K2

IS4W
3S09

56R

3S4K

AV1-G

2S7M

YPBPR1-SYNCIN1

10n
2S7L
56R

3S4P

AV3-Y

22n

2S7N

AP:

56R

YPBPR1
YPBPR1

3S4R

AV3-PR

EU:

22n
7S00-1
PNX85500

ANALOG_VIDEO

2S7P

2S8G

AV2-CVBS

9S18

22n

AB14
AF14
AE14
AC14
AD14

2S7R

AV4-Y

SCART2
YPBPR2

22n
9S19

EU:
AP:

AF15
AE15
AC15
AD15

AF16
AD16
AE16
AB18
AC18
AF4
AD24
AD25

AF11
AE11
AB10
AA11
AC16
AB16
AB13
AB12
AA12
AA10
AD12
AB11
AE12
AF12

IS5E

3S5S
10K

IS5D
IS5F
IS5G
IS5H
IS5J

3S75
BS15

PNX-IF-AGC

10K

BS10

IS11

3S76

PNX-RF-AGC

47K

9S20

10n

2S76

AA14

2S7U

2S14

BS13

AGND

22n

2S15
22n

AD11
AC11

+CVBS
AV4-PR

2S16
22n

22n

22n

IS5C

2S18
22n

AC12
AF13

2S19

CVBS_Y1 ATV_CVBS_Y3
R
C3
B AV1
CVBS_Y7
G
C7
SYNCIN1
Y_G1
CVBS1_OUT
PR_R_C1
CVBS2_OUT
PB_B1
RESREF
CVBS_Y2
CURREF
SYNCIN2
Y_G2
1
2
PR_R_C2
PB_B2
3
REF
4
R
5
G VGA
6
B
HSYNC_IN
IF_AGC
RF_AGC
IN
VSYNC
OUT
P
SCL VGA_EDID
TUNER N
SDA

10n

AB15
AC13
AD13
AE13

22n

2S75

56R

3S4T

AV3-PB

2S77

PNX-IF-P

10n

2S7E

AV4-PB
9S21

22n

2S78

319803104790 - RST SM0402 47R PMS Col R at 9S18 for Brazil

PNX-IF-N

10n

2S84
56R

3S50

R-VGA
22n

2S85
56R

3S52

G-VGA
22n

2S86

100R

3S5V-2

5
100R

100R

3S5V-4
4

7
100R

100R

3S5T-2

3S5T-1

H-SYNC-VGA

AP: VGA

22n

3S5T-4

56R

EU: VGA

3S54

B-VGA

3 3S5T-3 6

V-SYNC-VGA

100R

VGA-SCL-EDID

VGA-SDA-EDID

RES

RES

3S5V-3
100R
3S5V-1

100R

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_020_110209.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 87

10-3 B03 393912364954


Audio

B03A
7D03-1
BC847BS(COL)
6

3D09

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

+24V-AUDIO-POWER
FD14

Audio

+AVCC

B03A

220R

GND-AUDIO

1u0

3
6

3D02-3

7D15-2
BC847BS(COL)
4

4K7

ID19
ID18

2D16
2D17

ID29

ID30

1u0
AUDIO-MUTE-UP

2D22
220n

3D14-1
220n
1

2D26
RES

7
3D14-2
22K
2

6
3

3D14-3
22K

5
3D14-4
22K

22K

2D08

7D10-1
TPA3123D2PWP

1
3

R
PVCC
BSR

CLASS-D
AUDIO AMP

IN

R
OUT
L

0
GAIN
1

BSL

16

ID32

2D10
ID06

22u

22
21

5D05

5D02

ID10
220n

15

5D01

ID09
ID31

2D09

22u

ID05

2D12

220R

ID08

35V 220u

5D04

ID07

2D11

220R

RIGHT-SPEAKER

LEFT-SPEAKER

35V 220u

220n

11
7
4
2

1u0

18
17
GND-AUDIO

AVCC

47n

GND-AUDIO

10
12

2D23

ID15

19
20

2D29

4K7

FD03

3D02-1
8
1

+AUDIO-L

220n

7D15-1
BC847BS(COL)
1

4K7

2D19

7 3D02-2 2

ID28

2D07

FD08

47n

ID27

220u 35V

A-PLOP

4K7

1u0

220u 35V

2D24

ID14

2D20

2D28

3D02-4

FD01

-AUDIO-R

GND-AUDIO

220n

2D05

10u 35V

22K

220R
5D08

5D07

ID12

220n

3D16
ID11

2D06

4R7

VCLAMP
BYPASS
MUTE
SD

ID37

PGND

2D21
220n

3D10-1
220n
1

2D27
RES

7
3D10-2
22K
2

6
3D10-3
22K

4n7

4DETECT2

GND-AUDIO

GND-AUDIO

LEFT-SPEAKER

VIA
VIA

VIA

VIA

37
36
35
34

GND-AUDIO

10n

26
27
28
29

GND-AUDIO

V_NOM
2D14

7D10-2
TPA3123D2PWP

GND-AUDIO

GND-AUDIO

40
39
38

2D03

47K
100p

GND-AUDIO

3D01-4

GND-AUDIO

+3V3-STANDBY
ID35

GND-AUDIO

RES 2D31

ID34

7D11-2
BC847BS(COL)
4

EMC 4n7

1D50

22K

4K7

EMC

RES 2D30

CD10

3D10-4
22K

8
9

MAINS SWITCH DETECT

GND_HS

7D11-1
BC847BS(COL)
1

3D15

+3V3-STANDBY

3D01-3

47K

25

L
23
24

AGND

13
14

FD09

A-STBY

VIA
1D38

30
31
32
33

1735

LEFT-SPEAKER
3

100K

100K

100K

10n

4
RIGHT-SPEAKER
ID33
1D52

GND-AUDIO
3D06-4

2041145-3

2041145-4

100K

1
2
3

8 3D06-1 1

RIGHT-SPEAKER

10n
2D13

3D06-2

FD02

1
2
3
4

2D02

V_NOM

3D06-3 FD07

GND-AUDIO

2D01

220R
GND-AUDIO
3 7D03-2
BC847BS(COL)

FD05
FD06

5D03

5
10u

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

GND-AUDIO

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_021_110209.eps
110209

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 88

DC/DC

DC/DC

B03B

B03B
5U03 RES
30R
5U02

FU05

IU22
+12V
1u0

2U20

10u

10u

7 8

IU10

12V/1V8 CONVERSION

3R3

3U11

2U19

2U25

7U02-1
SI4952DY

10u

10u

2U23

2U24

30R

FU02

2U21

5U00

FU03
22u

47u

2U16

2U15

8
47R
1

47R
3U23-1

3U23-2

3u6

5 6
IU23

1n0

2U17

IU09

47R

7U02-2
SI4952DY

3U23-4

47R
3U23-3

220p

+1V8
IU11

IU15

IU08

5 6 7 8

IU12

3U14
IU07

GND-SIG

20

3U28
GND-SIG

18
19

FU04

1u0

2U05

10u

10K

100n

2U14

RES 100u 2.0V

22u

2U13

IU17

IU25

GND

+1V1

IU18
1u0

2U10

GND-SIG

1n0

2U09

GND-SIG

3U21

FU00

SENSE+1V1

IU19

GND-SIG

2U07

RES 100p

22K

3U10

GND-SIG

FU08

100n

1% 330R
1% 1K0

CU00

5K6

FU09

IU04

3U19

3U22
1K0 1%
3U09

330R 1%

1K0 1%

3U08
+1V8

100p RES

IU20

RES
2U29

3U17
3U18

100R 1%

2U08

10K

V5FILT
VREG5

VIN

7
17

47u

1
2

2U12

TEST

10R
RES

1
TRIP
2

22
15

3U20

1
2

+1V1

47R

PGND

FU01

2u0
47R
3U24-1

1
VFB
2

5U01

FU06

24
13

3U24-2

1
2

47R

SW

12V/1V1 CONVERSION

1
12

3U24-4

1
VO
2

1 2 3

47R
3U24-3

21
16

1
2

4
IU14

1n0

IU02

DRVH

2U06

3U00

3U01

3U03
12K

1
EN
2

5 6 78

IU16

23
14

2U11

22K
GND-SIG

1
2

2U04

1
2

+3V3-STANDBY

5
8
IU01

DRVL

7U04
SI4778DY

6U00

1n0 RES

2U03
IU03

4
9

+1V1
+1V8

1
VBST
2

220p

STPS2L30A

3
10

ENABLE-1V8

3R3

2U01

100n

2
11

IU24

GND-SIG
3U02

3U05

7U03
TPS53126PW

IU13

10R

2U02
100n

7U00
BC847BW

3R3

2U22
IU06

IU05

RES

1 2 3

3R3

10u

2U00

10R

3U04

1n0

3U27

2U18

7U01
SI4778DY

IU21

CU01
CU02
CU03
CU04
CU05

GND-SIG

GND-SIG

GND-SIG

GND-SIG
GND-SIG

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_022_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 89

DC/DC

B03C

DC/DC

B03C

+3V3-STANDBY

+3V3

RES 10K

+5V +3V3-STANDBY

3U75

3U74

RES 10K

LED-2

IU43

3U69

RES 10K

optionally 1M99 is a 9 pin connector

10K

3U68

9U41

IU44

3U41

IU45
9U42
RES

LED-1

LED2

3U59

LED2

10K RES

10K RES

7U42 RES
BC847BW

IU47
7U43
BC847BW

+3V3

3U70

LED1

3U53

LED1

10K

10K

1M99

3U56

3U44

FU07

3D-LR

100p

2U71

BL-SPI-CSn
BL-SPI-CLK

+3V3-STANDBY

3U71

STANDBY

7U48-2
BC857BS(COL)

5
10K 6

100R

2U68

3U62-4

3U83-2

100K

IU40

100R

FU53

3U42

BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS

3U43

BACKLIGHT-BOOST

FU55

POWER-OK
100p

1n0

10n

2U44

2U45

2U46

100K

3U65

1n0

RES 10K

3U61

10K

2
22K

5
IU50

3U60-4

7U41-2
BC847BS(COL)
8

22K

4K7

IU62

6
1
7U41-1
BC847BS(COL)
1

Items

1K0
2U53

DETECT2

3U60-1

IU57
1

ENABLE-3V3n

22K

IU52

8
2

Optional table for 4U00 and 4U01

IU55

3U64

FU72

10K

LAMP-ON

100R

4U01
RES
4U00
RES

3U73
+3V3-STANDBY

ENABLE-1V8

RES 10K

100R

10K
3U62-1

3K3

3U45

FU51

3U60-2

IU63

10K

FU76

3U62-2

FU73

22K

IU56

IU49
6
7U40-1
BC847BPN(COL)

3U80

2U55

3U81

3 3U60-3 6

3U63

+3V3

GND-AUDIO

1K0

3U72

100p
RES

2U49
+24V

GND_AL

3U83-3
100K

IU61

10n

+24V-AUDIO-POWER

FU67

2U50

FU66

3U62-3

3
IU51
T 3.0A 32V

BZX384-C6V2

+12V

+12VIN

FU52

+12VIN

1U40

6U40

10n
2U54

**

IU48

1u0 RES

+3V3-STANDBY

1n0
RES

1-2041145-4

FU58
FU59
FU60
FU61
FU63
FU75

FU62

3
4

10n

2U58

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

7U40-2
BC847BPN(COL)

1u0
2U47
1M95

ENABLE-3V3-5V

BL-SPI-SDO

RES 100p

100R

RES
3U67
100R
RES
3U84
100R
RES
3U76
MAINS-OK
RES 100R

2U43

RES 100p
2U52

2U51

RES 100p

100p RES
2U72

1n0
2U48

1n0

RES 2U56

1-2041145-3
RES 2U57

3U66

FU56
FU57
FU74
FU68

7U48-1
BC857BS(COL)

100K
IU41

100R
+12VIN

3U83-4

FU54

100K

10K

+3V3

FU50

GND_AL

1K0 RES

+12V_AL

3U83-1

FU49

100n

GND_AL

IU64

3U82

FU48

GND_AL

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

If 1M99
is not mounted

If 1M99
is mounted

For non-Amblight sets

4U00

yes

no

no

4U01

yes

no

no

Dream Catcher
Core Range

2U44

3U43

1M95

0R

open

13 POLE

100p

100R

14 POLE

+12VD
4

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_023_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 90

DC/DC

B03D

DC/DC
+3V3

B03D

7UC0
LF25ABDT

+12V

IN

OUT

1u0

2UA4

2K2

3UA0

COM

FUA0
+2V5-REF

7UA0
TS2431

FUA4
+2V5

CUA0

IUB6

+2V5-LVDS

+5V-TUN

3UB0

IUA5

22R
4

FUA3

3U15-2
100R
3U15-3
100R
3U15-4

+1V2

+5V

3U16-1

+3V3

100R
2

3U16-2
100R
3U16-3
100R
3U16-4

100R

100R

1u0

2UB1

470R

2
470R
3UB7-3
3
3UB7-4470R
5
4

IUB4

1u0

7UA3
PHD38N02LT

2UB0

7UA7-1
BC847BS(COL)
3U13

+3V3

100R

3UB7-2

22u

2UB8

7UA7-2
4
BC847BS(COL)

3U15-1

IU26

470R

+5V

2UB2

+1V8

RES 1u0

3UB6-1
1
8
1K0
3UB7-1
8
1

+2V5-REF

7
1K0 IUB2
3UB6-3
3
6
6
1K0
3UB6-4
5
4
1K0
IUB5
3 1

7UA6
BC817-25W
3U12
IUB3

330R
1%

+12V

3UB6-2

330R
1%

+5V5-TUN

NOT FOR 5000 SERIES

ENABLE-1V8
5

3UB1

+12V

RES
7UA4
TS431AILT

RES

NC

REF

470R

NC

470R
3U26-2

3U26-3
470R
3U26-4

IUB1

1
3UB3

RES

470R
+3V3

BP

+5V-TUN

COM

1 3U26-1 8 RES

INH

1u0

470R
3U29-4

OUT

100n
2UB6

3UB2

IN

2UB5

3 3U29-3 6 RES

+5V5-TUN

470R

IU30

7UA5
LDS3985M50

RES

1u0

+3V3

470R
3U29-2

2UB7

6
RES
7U06-1
BC847BS(COL)
1

3U29-1

4K7

1
3U25-1

3
RES
7U06-2
BC847BS(COL)
4

30R
1

IU29

RESERVED
5UA0

1K0

4K7

3U25-2

100K RES

IUA6

SENSE+1V2

3U25-3

100K RES

100K RES

3U25-4

100K RES

3UB5

3UB4

100K

1K0

IUB0

2UB3

+5V
6

RES

22n
2UB4
330p
RES

RES

470R

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_024_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 91

DC/DC

DC/DC

B03E

5UD0

IUD0

+12V

FUD3

4n7
3UD2

33K
1%

22u

100n
IU27

3U06

120K

RES

12

68K
3UD1

1%
3UD0

15

13

VIA

10

7U05-1
BC847BS(COL)
RES 1

10K

2UD7

IUD6
7UD0-2
ST1S10PH

RES 2U27

+1V1

220u 16V

SS36

RES 2UE9

+5V
3u6

VFB
GND
P HS

6UD0

IUD7

2UD6

SYNC

5UD1

22u

VIN

IUD3

SW

2UD4

INH

RES 1n0

2UD3

ENABLE-3V3-5V

22u
2UD5

SW

1
A

10u

2UD2

10u

2UD1

10u

2UD0

7UD0-1
ST1S10PH

+5V5-TUN

30R

B03E

14

11

5UD3

+3V3

7U05-2
RES
4

3U07

100n
IU28

RES

33K
1%

12

1M0
3UD5

3UD4

VIA

10

15

13

IUD2
7UD1-2
ST1S10PH

BC847BS(COL)

10K

RES 2U28

2UE4

22u

22u
2UE3

+1V1

220u 16V

FUD2

3u6

VFB
GND
P HS
8

5UD2

2UE2

SYNC

IUD4

SW

VIN

1% 100K

INH

2UE1

ENABLE-3V3-5V

4n7
3UD3

SW

7UD1-1
ST1S10PH

10u

14

11

7UD2
LD1117DT25
3

IN

S1D

OUT

+2V5
2UE6

100n

2UE5

COM

22u 16V

IUD5

+5V

() FOR 5000 SERIES ONLY


() NOT FOR 5000 SERIES

7UD3
LD1117DT33
IN

OUT

+3V3
2UE8

100n

COM

22u 16V

6UD1

2UE7

10u

2UD9

10u

2UD8

30R

IUD1

2UE0

+12V

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_025_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 92

Temperature sensor & AmbiLight

B03F

Temperature sensor & AmbiLight

B03F

5UM1

IUM0

1UM0

+3V3
30R

FUM0

V-AMBI

T 1.0A 63V

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_026_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 93

Fan control

Fan control

B03G
+12V

+12V

1K0

FAN-CTRL1

IUS3 3US5-3
3
6

IUT1

100n

7US1-1
LM339P
14

2US3

10K 7

10K
9

3US5-2

3US7

+12V

10K

3US2

1 3US4-1 8

+3V3

IUS6

10K

7US2
BC807-25W

12
+12V

IUS7

IUT2

7US1-2
LM339P
13

IUS4 3US5-4
5
4

10

FAN-CTRL2

10K

22R

BC807-25W
7US3

IUS8

12

3US6

IUS9
47R

11

+12V
3US3

10K

3US5-1

3US9

+3V3

10K

FAN-DRV
+3V3

10K

7US1-3
LM339P
2

10K

3US4-3
3

+12V

IUS5

3US4-4

+12V

4
12

TACH01

RES

+12V

10K

+12V
3US4-2

9US0
TACH02

7US1-4
LM339P
1

IUS0

12

B03G

TACHO

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_027_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 94

Vdisp switch

Vdisp switch

B03H

1 9UU0-1
RES
2 9UU0-2
RES
3 9UU0-3
RES
4 9UU0-4
RES
1 9UU1-1
RES
2 9UU1-2
RES
3 9UU1-3
RES
4 9UU1-4
RES

7UU0
SI4835DDY

8
7
6
FUU0

47R
IUU1
3UU0-2
7
2

2
IUU2

1u0

3UU3-2

IUU3
7

47K RES
7UU3 RES
BC847BW

+3V3-STANDBY
47K

47K
3UU0-1

2
3

7UU2-1
PUMD12
1

47K

6
3UU0-3

22n

2UU2
1

47K RES
2UU1

3UU1

+VDISP-INT

IUU0

IUU4 3UU3-3 IUU5 3UU3-4


6
3
4
5
47K RES

VDISP-SWITCH

2UU0

3UU3-1

FUU1
3UU2

+3V3

47K RES
RES 100n

RES
7UU1
SI3441BDV

+12VD

4
PUMD12
7UU2-2

B03H

+3V3

4K7 RES

LCD-PWR-ONn

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_028_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 95

10-4 B04 393912364954


Analogue externals A

Analogue externals A

B04A
FE70

3E37-4

AP-SCART-OUT-R

IE67

2EA4

AUDIO-OUT-L

470R 1
FEA0

7E01-1 6

1n0

2E87

1E00

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E01

100p

2E01

IEC0

3EA7-1

5 100R 4

8 16V
1u0
AP-SCART-OUT-L

IEC1
2
1
PUMH7

IE22

IEC2

3EA7-4

IE68

2EA5

AUDIO-OUT-R

470R 4
FEA1

7E01-2 3

1n0

2E88

1E31

CDS4C12GTA
12V

5
RES 6E03

1K0

100p

2E06

RES

FE71

3E07-4

AUDIO-IN1-R

5 16V
1u0
AP-SCART-OUT-R

5
4
PUMH7
RES
FE72

3E37-1

AP-SCART-OUT-L

IE23

1n0

2E90

1E53

IE05

1n0
100p

13

**

17

**

IE17

4E02
RES

IE96

18

5K6

3E06

1K0

3EB6-1

IE92

7E05
BC847BW

3EB6-4
4

RES
3E48

3E37-2

68R

2 100R 7

GND_A

CVBS-OUT-SC1

470R

**

4E01
RES

3E45
68R

20

MTJ-505H-01 NI LF

3E37-3

100p

RES 2E75

3
1E22

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES

75R

3E43

6E29

2
1

1K0

1K0 6
3EA7-2

2 470R 7
3EA7-3

100p

2E44

1E25

RES 6E32

CDS4C12GTA
12V

3E62
27R

100R
3E07-2

3E07-3
3

IE52
AV1-CVBS

4K7

18p

2E98

39p

2E97

18K

100n

IE91
8

FE85

IE48

7E09-1
PUMH7

4K7

3E73
39K

1u0

3E18 2
1
2
3E19

CVBS-MON-OUT1

470R

19

FE84

100n

2E24

4K7

10u

+5V

16

9E09

21
3E44

5E80

15
2E74

100p

2E12

4E03
RES

14

RES 9E06

+3V3

AV1-BLK

IE59

12

FE83

* EU

2u2

IE14

FE82
1E19

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E28

RES

3EB3

10

RES 9E05

18R

18R

2E81

100p

RES

IE08
RES 9E08

IE51
AV2-BLK

4p7

IE70

BC847BPN(COL)

820R

** 4E04

2E99

FE81

150p

2E86

150p

1u8

7E06-1
2

9E10

5E76 3E79BEC5

IE55

IE60
1
1 3EB1 2

IE16

AV1-R

11

9E55
3E78

7E06-2

RES 9E07

AP
9E54

3 BC847BPN(COL)

9
2E14

150p

RES
YPBPR1-PR

** 4E05

FE80

1E18

1u8

18R

** 4E06

5
6

FE74

CDS4C12GTA
12V

3E77

RES 6E26

5E74
2E84

150p

2E83

IE54

IE61

100p

2E18

1E55

CDS4C12GTA
12V

FE73

FE75
AV1-G

IE89

**

330R

3E76 18R

RES 6E22

9E53

4K7

3E32

12K

+3V3

IE13

3E31

2EB3

* EU
IE18

9E52

3EA1

1
2

AV1-STATUS

AP

IE90

1E01
2EB1

2E15

1E12

(AV1)
9E01

RES

CDS4C12GTA
12V

150p

2E80

150p

2E79

18R

1R0

SCART1

1u8

YPBPR1-SYNCIN1

3EA2

3E17

2E91

1E54

AV2-STATUS
+5V

5E73 3E75
BEC3

RES 6E23

AV1-B

* EU

100n

3E74 18R

IE53

CDS4C12GTA
12V

6E09
RES

9E51

9E50

A-PLOP

2K2
RES

1K0 8

100p

2E04

AP

3E24

3E07-1

AUDIO-IN1-L

YPBPR1-PB

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E07

100p

2E10

8 100R 1

2E85

3 470R 6

*
1X06
EMC HOLE

3EB6-2
470R
3EB6-3

470R

1X02
REF EMC HOLE

100p

RES 2E76

1E23

CDS4C12GTA
12V

CVBS-OUT-SC1
RES 6E30

B04A

GND_A
4

* 3139803190010 - RSI SM 0402 JUMP 0R05 Col at 2E44 & 2E75 for Brazil

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

** Provision for ESD

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_029_110210.eps
110210

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 96

Analogue externals B

Analogue externals B

B04B

GND_A

GND_A

3E89

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E46

30R

AV2-CVBS

IE75

1E07
MTJ-032-68B-46-NI-FE
1

FE59

2E22

IE73

5E06

2
FE41

AV3-PB
YPBPR1-PB

IE76

9E58

3E90

IE77

AV3-PR

18R

CDS4C12GTA
12V

1E39

100p

FE42

IE74

9E57

EU
RES 6E52

RES

2E68

4E22

IE15
SPDIF-OUT

18R

FE48

MTJ-032-21B-42 NI FE
2
1E04

AV3-Y

27R

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E51

1E28

100p

2E67

4E21

3E88

9E04

EU

1E03

IE72

YPBPR1-SYNCIN1

AP

FE51

MTJ-032-21B-45 NI FE (PBT)

3E87
18R

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E40

1E43

100p

2E27

1
GREEN

IE71

9E29

10p
1E44

EU

FE54

MSP-305H-BBB-732-03 NI
2

1E08-3

4E20

B04B

SPDIF out

YPBPR

YPBPR1-PR

GND_A

YPBPR AUDIO
+3V3

GND_A
MSP-305H-BBB-732-03 NI
4

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 6E38

1E42

1n0

2E40

GND_A

2E72

AV3-PR
RXD1-MIPS

9E19
9E12

RES
RES

AV3-PB
TXD1-MIPS

9E17
9E14

RES
RES

AUDIO-IN3-R
AV1-B

9E11
9E18

RES
RES

AUDIO-IN3-L
AV1-G

9E13
9E20

RES
RES

CVBS-OUT-SC1
AV1-R

9E21
9E22

RES
RES

AP-SCART-OUT-R
AV1-STATUS
AUDIO-IN1-R
AV1-BLK
AP-SCART-OUT-L
AUDIO-IN1-L

9E23
9E24
9E25
9E26
9E27
9E28

RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES

IE09
AUDIO-IN4-L

1K0
100p

2E35

CDS4C12GTA
12V

3E21

RES 6E19

1n0
1E37

2E36

V_NOM

FE02

2
3
1

RES
RES

AUDIO-IN3-L

1K0

VGA ( OR DVI ) AUDIO


1E09
MSJ-035-29D PPO

AV3-Y
AV1-CVBS

9E15
9E16

IE29

3E96

1E08-2

3
RES
4E24 WHITE

100p

FE49

100p

FE43

RES
1E32

AUDIO-IN3-R
IE31

1K0

2E71

RES

RES 6E06

RED

1E29

1n0

FE50
2E39

4E23

CDS4C12GTA
12V

3E97

MSP-305H-BBB-732-03 NI
6
1E08-1

100p

100R
100R

RES
1ECB
1481-702-06S-51

RES 3E58
+T

6
5
4

RES 3E56
RES 3E57

+5V

0R3

100R
100R
IE34

IE35
RES 3E36

RES 3E41

100R

IE36 RES 3E38 100R RXD2-MIPS


3D-VS
100R
TXD2-MIPS
3D-LR

FE53

FE52

BZX384-C5V1

RES 6E18

BZX384-C5V1

BZX384-C5V1
RES 6E17

RES 6E16

BZX384-C5V1

RES 6E15

1E79

100p
RES 2E26

100p
RES 2E25

1E78

100n
RES 2E23

1E76

100p
RES 2E21

RES 2E20

100p

FE46
FE45

1E77

FE47

FE44

1E75

AUDIO-IN4-R

1K0
2E38

CDS4C12GTA
12V

RES 3E54
RES 3E55

3
2
1

IE10

3E20

RES 6E20

V_NOM

1n0
1E38

2E37

FE03

31

DF50-30DP

FE01

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32

242202606017 - SOC CINCH V 3P 1L3 YEWHRDY at 1E08 for BRZ


FOR 3D

Provision for ESD


4

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_030_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 97

Ethernet & Service

Ethernet & Service

B04C
3E53-2

IE49

47R
RXD1-MIPS

3E53-4

47R

+3V3

6E43

+3V3-ET-ANA

IE50
4

IE38

IE32
3E30

47R
3E53-3

FE56
1

1E06

2
3
1

FE57

MSJ-035-29D PPO (PHT)


FE58

RES
1E71

10u

2E48

100n

2E49

4n7

100n
2E53

2E52

1
2
3

TXD1-MIPS
RXD1-MIPS

25M

11
10
9
8
3E70
RES

10K
15
9E43

3E71
RES

10K

21

ETH-TXEN

22
23
24
25
18

ETH-TXD(0)
ETH-TXD(1)
ETH-TXD(2)

ETH-TXD(3)
ETH-TXER

17
16

ETH-MDC
ETH-MDIO

1K5

27

12
IO

provision for BUH


P
RX
N

RST
TX

0
MODE
1
RMIISEL
PHYAD2
RXD<0:3>

P
N

TXCLK
RXDV

COL
CRS_DV
MODE2

RXER
RXD4
0
PHYAD
1
RXCLK

TXEN

REGOFF
1
LED
2
INTSEL

0
1
2 TXD
3
4
INT
TXER

CRS
RBIAS

31
30

ETH-RXP
ETH-RXN

29
28

ETH-TXP
ETH-TXN

20

ETH-TXCLK

26

ETH-RXDV

IE63

13

ETH-RXER

3E64

10K

IE64

+3V3

RES

3E65

ETH-RXCLK

10K

+3V3

RES

3
10K

3E34

10K

3E72

14

3E68
RES
3E35
RES

ETH-REGOFF

10K

+3V3
ETH-INTSEL

10K

+3V3

9E42

ETH-CRS

32
IE39

MDC
MDIO
VSS

+3V3

33

3E51

1A 2A
VDD

12K1
1%

19

CLKIN
1
XTAL
2

3E40

IE26

ETH-RXD(0)
ETH-RXD(1)
ETH-RXD(2)
ETH-RXD(3)

ETH-COL

10p

2E54

CR
5
4

3E69
RES
10K

502382-0370
7E10-1
LAN8710A-EZK

2E55

10K

10K

3E33

10p

10K
3E67 RES

3E66 RES

RESET-ETHERNETn

UART
SERVICE
CONNECTOR

47R

IE33

1M0
1E70
NX3225GA

+3V3

IE06

6E44

100n

100n
2E66

2E62

10u
2E63

30R

3E53-1

1E86

1E85

TXD1-MIPS

+3V3-ET-ANA

BZX384-C5V1

IE07

5E08
+3V3

BZX384-C5V1

B04C

7E10-2
LAN8710A-EZK
34
35

36
37

VIA

+3V3-ET-ANA

+3V3-ET-ANA

22R

22R
3E98

3E26

49R9
1%

3E99

3E95

49R9
1%

3E25

49R9
1%

3E22

49R9
1%

CONFIGURATION RESISTOR SETTINGS

ETHERNET CONNECTOR
ETH-TXP

1E87
3 ACM2012 2

FE27

1N00
FE60

ETH-TXN

FE28

ETH-RXP

FE29

1E88
3 ACM2012 2

ETH-RXN

FE31

1
FE30
FE61

22n

2E60

CDA5C16GTH
16V

6E47-4
4

CDA5C16GTH
16V
RES

6
6E47-3
3

CDA5C16GTH
16V
RES

7
6E47-2
2

CDA5C16GTH
16V
RES

RES

6E47-1

RES 27n

9 11
10 12
FE34

5450-323-183-H3

RES

15p

RES 15p
2E59

0 ohm

RES

5E04
2E58
RES

15p
3E39

2E09

RES 27n
RES 15p
0 ohm

3E29

15p

2E57
RES

RES

5E03
2E08

RES 27n

5E02
2E07

RES 15p
0 ohm

3E28

15p

2E56
RES

RES

RES 27n
RES 15p

2E05
3E27

RES

0 ohm

5E01

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

FE32

Resistor

POP

EMPTY

3E64

PHYADD(0) = 1

PHYADD(0) = 0

3E65

PHYADD(1) = 1

PHYADD(1) = 0

3E66

PHYADD(2) = 1

PHYADD(2) = 0

3E67

RMII mode selected

MII mode selected

3E68

Internal 1.2V reg. disabled

Internal 1.2V reg. enabled

3E69

MODE(0) = 0

MODE(0) = 1

3E70

MODE(1) = 0

MODE(1) = 1

3E71

MODE(2) = 0

MODE(2) = 1

3E72

INTERRUPT FUNCTION

INTERRUPT FUNCTION

DISABLED ON

ENABLED ON

nINT/TXER/TXD4 SIGNAL

nINT/TXER/TXD4 SIGNAL

ETH-INTSEL
ETH-REGOFF

FE33
4

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_031_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 98

HDMI

HDMI

B04D
ARX2+

FEC3

MICOM-VCC33

ARX1ARX0+

3ECH

BRX2+

ARX0ARX0+

67
68

BRX2BRX1+

ARX1ARX1+

69
70

BRX1BRX0+

ARX2ARX2+

71
72

AIN-5V

BIN-5V
BRX-HOTPLUG

47K

3ECM-3

2
3ECN-2

10R

7
100K
1u0

BRX-DDC-SDA
BRX-DDC-SCL

IE43

2ECN

35
36
33
34

BRX-DDC-SCL
BRX-DDC-SDA

FECE
FECF

BIN-5V
47K

BRX-HOTPLUG

20
22

3ECA-1

BRX-DDC-SCL
BRX-DDC-SDA

BIN-5V

HDMI CONNECTOR 1

CIN-5V

3ECM-2

3
3ECN-3

10R

CRX-DDC-SDA
CRX-DDC-SCL

CRX2+

1u0

CIN-5V

PCEC-HDMI

47K

3E23
RES
7E02
BC847BW

100R

IEC4

3ECM-1

10R

BRX1BRX1+

5
6

BRX2BRX2+

7
8

IE44

41
42
39
40

2ECP

CRXCCRXC+

11
12

CRX0CRX0+

13
14

CRX1CRX1+

15
16

CRX2CRX2+

17
18

5
100K

1u0

DRX-DDC-SDA
DRX-DDC-SCL
5EC2

eHDMI+

30R
ARC-eHDMI+
2ECC

CIN-5V

7EC0
BC847BW

3ECD

+3V3-STANDBY

22K
RES

DIN-5V

4
3ECN-4

10p

20
22

47K

CRX-HOTPLUG

3ECA-3

CIN-5V

FECM
FECN

3
4

DRX-HOTPLUG

CRX-DDC-SCL
CRX-DDC-SDA
6

FECK
FECL

3ECA-4

FECA

CRXCPCEC-HDMI
ARC-eHDMI+
CRX-DDC-SCL
CRX-DDC-SDA

FECJ

CRX0CRXC+

BRX0BRX0+

6
100K

CRX2CRX1+
CRX1CRX0+

1
2

CRX-HOTPLUG

1P02
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
23

BRXCBRXC+

IE45

2ECQ

45
46
43
44

DRXCDRXC+

19
20

DRX0DRX0+

21
22

DRX1DRX1+

23
24

DRX2DRX2+

25
26

IEC6
9EC0

CEC-HDMI

IEC5

100n

49

10K

CEC_D

N
R0X0
P

2EC3

38

37

9
27
64

DSCL4
DSDA4

48
47

VGA-SCL-EDID-HDMI
VGA-SDA-EDID-HDMI

51

9EC2
RES

CEC-HDMI

N
R0X1
P
N
R0X2
P
(CBUS) HPD1
R1PWR5V
DSDA1
DSCL1

TX2

N
P

TX1

N
P

TX0

N
P

TXC

N
P

3ECA-2

BRXCPCEC-HDMI

BIN-5V

BRX0BRXC+

R4PWR5V

N
R0XC
P

N
R1XC
P
N
R1X0
P

57
56

HDMIA-RX2HDMIA-RX2+

59
58

HDMIA-RX1HDMIA-RX1+

61
60

HDMIA-RX0HDMIA-RX0+

63
62

HDMIA-RXCHDMIA-RXC+
3ECJ RES

N
R1X1
P

TPWR_CI2CA

N
R1X2
P

CEC_A

(CBUS) HPD2
R2PWR5V

INT

55

50

52

4K7
IE12
FECR

RES
3ECK

MICOM-VCC33

4K7
9EC3
RES

FECY

PCEC-HDMI
3ECL RES

+3V3

4K7

DSDA2
DSCL2
N
R2XC
P

CSCL
CSDA

N
R2X0
P
RSVDL

N
R2X1
P

54
53

10
28

N
R2X2
P
(CBUS) HPD3
R3PWR5V
DSDA3
DSCL3
N
R3XC
P
VIA

N
R3X0
P
N
R3X1
P
N
R3X2
P

3EC3
3EC5

100R
100R

SCL-SSB
SDA-SSB

10p

ARXCARXC+

DSDA0
DSCL0

+5V-EDID
10K
3ECP-3

29
30

(CBUS) HPD0
R0PWR5V

2ECM

31
32

65
66

HDMI CONNECTOR 2

FECC
FECD

+3V3

30R

10p
RES 2ECY

1u0

ARX-DDC-SDA
ARX-DDC-SCL

IE42

RES 2ECX

10R

8
100K

3ECP-1

1
3ECN-1

SBVCC33

AIN-5V

3ECM-4

MICOM_VCC33

1
47K

3EC1-1

ARX-HOTPLUG

ARX-HOTPLUG

10u

RES 2ECW

100n

100n
2EC8

VCC33

AIN-5V

20
22

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
FECG 21
23

100n
2EC7

2EC6
6
47K

3EC1-3
3

7EC1
SII9187B

ARX-DDC-SCL
ARX-DDC-SDA

FEC4
FEC5

RES
5EC3

FEC7
+3V3-HDMI

ARXCPCEC-HDMI
ARX-DDC-SCL
ARX-DDC-SDA

SII9187B = 0xB2

FECB

AIN-5V

ARX0ARXC+

FEC1
FEC2

I2C Address

10K

1u0

10u

2ECV

2EC0

FEC0

ARX2ARX1+

1P03

74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

7EC1

3ECN

3ECF

NON-INSTAPORT

9187A

4 3K3

3K3

NON-INSTAPORT

9187B

4 100K

100K

INSTAPORT

9287B

4 100K

100K

73

EPAD

3ECE

22K

IEC7
FECW
+3V3-STANDBY

6EC1
+5V

+5V-VGA
BAT54
IE11

3ECG
3ECF

4R7

FECP

220u 16V

RES 2EC1

HDMI CONNECTOR 3
1P04
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
FEC6 21
23

30R

2EC2

5EC0
+3V3

100n

B04D

FECZ

100K

DDCA-SDA

IE65

3ECU-2

+3V3

10K
2ECU

DDCA-SCL

IE66

4 3ECU-4 5
10K

1u0

+5V-EDID

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_032_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 99

Headphone

Headphone

B04E
+3V3-STANDBY

4
PUMD12
7EE0-2
A-PLOP
3

A-STBY

FEE0
2

RESET-AUDIO

7EE0-1
PUMD12
1

2EE0

22K

3EE1-3

3EE1-4

22K

3EE1-2

22K

47p
3EE1-1

22K
2EE5

7EE1
TPA6111A2DGN

100n

2EE1

47p +3V3

IEE2
ADAC(4)

2EE3
1u0

IEE1
2EE4
1u0

3EE0-1
10K

IEE3
1

2
5

3EE0-4

10K

6
IEE4

5
2EE2

AMPLIFIER

3 3EE0-3 6

2EE6

IEE7

33R
3EE2-4

6
FE36

VO

SHUTDOWN
BYPASS

VIA
GND GND_HS

2EE7

IEE8

4V 100u

10
11

AMP1

33R

4V 100u

3EE2-3

3EE2-2
33R
3EE2-1

FE35
7

AMP2

33R

IEE5

10K
22K

A-PLOP

IN-

1u0

IEE6

VDD

IEE0
ADAC(3)

RES 3EE3

B04E

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_033_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 100

10-5 B05 393912364954


DDR

DDR2-CLK_N
3B28
240R

DDR2-CLK_P
DDR2-CLK_N

G2
G3
G1

DDR2-BA2

DDR2-ODT
RES
240R

3B01
DDR2-CLK_P
DDR2-CLK_N
DDR2-CKE
DDR2-CS
DDR2-RAS
DDR2-CAS
DDR2-WE
DDR2-DQM2

F9
E8
F8
F2
G8
F7
G7
F3
B3

3B23

DQ

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DQS

C8
3
C2
D7
1
D3
D1
D9 3B00-4 4
B1
B9 3B00-1 1

NU|RDQS

2
6 3B02-3
33R 3
8 3B02-1
33R 2
3B02-2
5
4
3B02-4
33R
8
33R

B7
A8

3B00-2

7
33R
6 3B00-3
33R
7
33R
5
33R

3B12
33R

3B13
2B44
RES

0
1 BA
2

2p2

DDR2-D16
DDR2-D17
DDR2-D18
DDR2-D19
DDR2-D20
DDR2-D21
DDR2-D22
DDR2-D23

DDR2-DQS2_P
DDR2-DQS2_N

33R

A2

H8
H3
H7
J2
J8
J3
J7
K2
K8
K3
H2
K7
L2
L8

DDR2-A0
DDR2-A1
DDR2-A2
DDR2-A3
DDR2-A4
DDR2-A5
DDR2-A6
DDR2-A7
DDR2-A8
DDR2-A9
DDR2-A10
DDR2-A11
DDR2-A12
DDR2-A13

G2
G3
G1

DDR2-BA0
DDR2-BA1
DDR2-BA2

DDR2-ODT

ODT

3B03

CK
CKE
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
DM|RDQS
VSS

NC

L3
L7

DDR2-A14

VSSQ

VSSDL

DDR2-CLK_P
DDR2-CLK_N
DDR2-CKE
DDR2-CS
DDR2-RAS
DDR2-CAS
DDR2-WE
DDR2-DQM3

RES
240R

F9
E8
F8
F2
G8
F7
G7
F3
B3

3B24
33R

2B17
100n
2B37
100p
VDD

VDDL

VDDQ

E2

A9
C1
C3
C7
C9

E1

A1
E9
L1
H9

100n

100n
2B16

100n
2B15

100n
2B14

100n
2B13

100n
2B12

100n
2B11

100n
2B10

47u
2B09

E2

A9
C1
C3
C7
C9

E1

SDRAM

A3
E3
J1
K9

33R

2B41

2B36
100p
2B08
100n

DDR2-BA0
DDR2-BA1

B05A

VREF

0
1
2
3
4
5
6 A
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

SDRAM
DQ

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DQS

C8
C2
3B05-3
D7
3B04-3
D3
D1
D93B04-4
B1
B93B04-1

3
3

4
1

B7
A8
2B45

0
1 BA
2

NU|RDQS

3B04-2
2
7
33R
6
6 33R
33R
33R 2
7 3B05-2
1
8 3B05-1
33R
5
5 3B05-4
33R
4
8
33R
33R

3B15
RES
2p2

3B14
33R

DDR2-D24
DDR2-D25
DDR2-D26
DDR2-D27
DDR2-D28
DDR2-D29
DDR2-D30
DDR2-D31

DDR2-DQS3_P
DDR2-DQS3_N

33R

A2

ODT
CK
CKE
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
DM|RDQS
VSS

+1V8

NC

L3
L7

DDR2-A14

VSSQ

VSSDL

A7
B2
B8
D2
D8

DDR2-CLK_P

7B03
EDE1108AGBG-1J-F

VREF

VDDQ

DDR2-VREF-DDR

E7

3B27
240R

VDDL

A3
E3
J1
K9

DDR2-CLK_N

VDD
0
1
2
3
4
5
6 A
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

A7
B2
B8
D2
D8

DDR2-CLK_P

H8
H3
H7
J2
J8
J3
J7
K2
K8
K3
H2
K7
L2
L8

E7

3B22
240R

DDR2-A0
DDR2-A1
DDR2-A2
DDR2-A3
DDR2-A4
DDR2-A5
DDR2-A6
DDR2-A7
DDR2-A8
DDR2-A9
DDR2-A10
DDR2-A11
DDR2-A12
DDR2-A13

A1
E9
L1
H9

7B02
EDE1108AGBG-1J-F

AT T-POINT

+1V8

DDR2-VREF-DDR

100n

100n
2B07

100n
2B06

100n
2B05

100n
2B04

100n
2B03

100n
2B02

100n
2B01

47u
2B00

+1V8

2B40

B05A

DDR

+1V8
DDR2-VREF-DDR

3B25
33R

DQ

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DQS

C8
C23B08-4 4
D7
D3 3B08-2 2
D1
D9 3B07-4 4
B1
B9 3B07-1 1

B7
A8
2B46

0
1 BA
2

NU|RDQS

2
5
33R
7
33R
5
33R
8
33R

3B17
RES
2p2

3
1
3

3B07-2

7
33R
6 3B07-3
33R
8 3B08-1
33R
6 3B08-3
33R

3B16
33R

DDR2-D0
DDR2-D1
DDR2-D3
DDR2-D2
DDR2-D4
DDR2-D5
DDR2-D6
DDR2-D7

DDR2-DQS0_P
DDR2-DQS0_N

33R

A2

H8
H3
H7
J2
J8
J3
J7
K2
K8
K3
H2
K7
L2
L8

DDR2-A0
DDR2-A1
DDR2-A2
DDR2-A3
DDR2-A4
DDR2-A5
DDR2-A6
DDR2-A7
DDR2-A8
DDR2-A9
DDR2-A10
DDR2-A11
DDR2-A12
DDR2-A13

G2
G3
G1

DDR2-BA0
DDR2-BA1
DDR2-BA2

DDR2-ODT

ODT

3B09

CK
CKE
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
DM|RDQS
VSS

NC

VSSDL

L3
L7

DDR2-A14

VSSQ

DDR2-CLK_P
DDR2-CLK_N
DDR2-CKE
DDR2-CS
DDR2-RAS
DDR2-CAS
DDR2-WE
DDR2-DQM1

RES
240R

3B26
33R

F9
E8
F8
F2
G8
F7
G7
F3
B3

2B35
100n
2B39
100p
VDD

VDDL

VDDQ

E2

A9
C1
C3
C7
C9

E1

A1
E9
L1
H9

100n

100n
2B34

100n
2B33

100n
2B32

100n
2B31

100n
2B30

100n
2B29

100n
2B28

47u
2B27

2B43

2B26
100n
2B38
100p
E2

E1

SDRAM

VREF

0
1
2
3
4
5
6 A
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

SDRAM
DQ

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

DQS

C8
C2
3B11-3 3
D7
3B10-3 33R 3
D3
D1
D93B10-4 4
B1
B9 3B10-1 1

B7
A8
2B47

0
1 BA
2

NU|RDQS

6
6 33R

2 3B10-2 7
33R

2
1
5 3B11-1
33R
4
8
33R

3B19
RES
2p2

7 3B11-2
8 33R
33R
5 3B11-4
33R

3B18
33R

DDR2-D8
DDR2-D14
DDR2-D10
DDR2-D11
DDR2-D12
DDR2-D13
DDR2-D9
DDR2-D15

DDR2-DQS1_P
DDR2-DQS1_N

33R

A2

ODT
CK
CKE
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
DM|RDQS
VSS

NC

VSSDL

L3
L7

DDR2-A14

VSSQ
A7
B2
B8
D2
D8

180R 1%

3B21

DDR2-VREF-DDR

F9
E8
F8
F2
G8
F7
G7
F3
B3

0
1
2
3
4
5
6 A
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

E7

180R 1%

3B20
FB00

RES
240R

3B06
DDR2-CLK_P
DDR2-CLK_N
DDR2-CKE
DDR2-CS
DDR2-RAS
DDR2-CAS
DDR2-WE
DDR2-DQM0

7B01
EDE1108AGBG-1J-F

VREF

A3
E3
J1
K9

DDR2-BA2

DDR2-ODT

VDDQ

A7
B2
B8
D2
D8

G2
G3
G1

DDR2-BA0
DDR2-BA1

VDDL

E7

+1V8

VDD

A3
E3
J1
K9

H8
H3
H7
J2
J8
J3
J7
K2
K8
K3
H2
K7
L2
L8

DDR2-A0
DDR2-A1
DDR2-A2
DDR2-A3
DDR2-A4
DDR2-A5
DDR2-A6
DDR2-A7
DDR2-A8
DDR2-A9
DDR2-A10
DDR2-A11
DDR2-A12
DDR2-A13

A1
E9
L1
H9

7B00
EDE1108AGBG-1J-F

A9
C1
C3
C7
C9

100n

100n
2B25

100n
2B24

100n
2B23

100n
2B22

100n
2B21

100n
2B20

100n
2B19

47u
2B18

2B42

DDR2-VREF-DDR

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_034_110210.eps
110210

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 101

10-6 B06 393912364954


Display interfacing-Vdisp

Display interfacing-Vdisp

B06A

1G03
T 3.0A 32V

5G01

FG0H

1G00

+VDISP-INT
100n

T 3.0A 32V
RES

2G43

+VDISP
30R
RES
5G02

22u
RES

30R
RES
2G44

B06A

RES
3G28
2K2

IG11

RES
6G00
LTST-C190KGKT

For Development use only

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_035_110210.eps
110210

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 102

Video out - LVDS

Video out - LVDS

B06B

2G94

100n

FG2J

2G95

100n

FG30
FG31
FG32
FG33

FG11
FG1J

PX3DPX3D+
PX3EPX3E+

FG1K
FG1L
FG1M
FG1N

PX4APX4A+
PX4BPX4B+
PX4CPX4C+

FG12
FG13
FG14

PX4CLKPX4CLK+
PX4DPX4D+
PX4EPX4E+

FG15
FG16
FG17
FG18
FG19
FG1A
FG1B
FG1Q
FG1P

100R
100R
100R
100R
100R
100R

FG35
FG2R
FG2K

FG04

47p

47p

60 61
58 59
56 57
54 55
52 53

2G27

2G26

47p
2G25

47p
2G24

2G7A

47p

47p
2G79

47p

47p
2G78

2G76

47p

FI-RE51S-HF

FG2L
FG2M

PX1APX1A+
PX1BPX1B+
PX1CPX1C+

FG2E
FG2F
FG1Y
FG1Z
FG20
FG21

PX1CLKPX1CLK+

FG22
FG23

PX1DPX1D+
PX1EPX1E+

FG24
FG25
FG26
FG27

PX2APX2A+
PX2BPX2B+
PX2CPX2C+

FG28
FG29
FG2A
FG2B
FG2C
FG2D

PX2CLKPX2CLK+

FG1R
FG1S

PX2DPX2D+
PX2EPX2E+

FG1T
FG1U
FG1W
FG1V

2G28
2G29

47p
47p

FG2P

RES 9G0G

FG2N

+VDISP

1G50

TO DISPLAY

EMC 100n
RES 2G9C

PX3CLKPX3CLK+

RES 3G38
RES 3G37
RES 3G2Z
RES 3G36
RES 3G30
RES 3G31

BACKLIGHT-BOOST
3D-LR
3D-VS-DISP
CTRL-DISP
CTRL-DISP

41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

FG1C
FG1D
FG1E
FG1F
FG1G
FG1H

CTRL-DISP

EMC 100n
RES 2G9E

PX3APX3A+
PX3BPX3B+
PX3CPX3C+

47p
47p
47p
47p

FG34
FG2H
FG2G

EMC
RES 2G9F

2G96
2G99
2G97
2G98

100R
100R
100R

100n

100n

RES 3G32
3G2W
3G2Y

100n

2G93

CTRL-DISP

SDA-DISP
SCL-DISP

FI-RE41S-HF
51
50
49
48
46
47
44
45
42
43

2G91

100n

EMC 100n
RES 2G9D

2G92

2G75

47p
2G77

RES 3G35

RES 3G34

9G0K-4
9G0K-3
9G0K-2
9G0K-1

RES 3G33

5
6
7
8

RES

10K

10K

+VDISP

10K

+3V3

4
3
2
1

B06B

51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1G51

TO DISPLAY

1X05
REF EMC HOLE

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_036_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 103

AmbiLight CPLD

AmbiLight CPLD

B06C

B06C

5GA0

FGA0

+3V3

VINT

5GA1

100n

100n
2GA2

2GA1

1u0

2GA0

30R

DEBUG ONLY

FGA1

+3V3

VIO

+3V3

100n

10K
RES

4
3
2
1

5
6 100R
7 100R
8 100R
100R

26

IGA2
CPLED3

IXO4_19
IXO4_20
IXO4_21
IXO4_22
IXO4_23
IXO4_27
IXO4_28

PNX-SPI-CSBn
BACKLIGHT-PWM
3D-LR
3D-VS-DISP
BL-SPI-SDO
BL-SPI-SDI
BL-SPI-CSn
BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS
BL-SPI-CLK

9GA1 RES

3GA1

4
3G10-4
2
3G10-2

19
20
21
22
23
27
28

3G12
3
3G11-3

RES
47R
5
3
33R
7 3G10-3
33R
3G13
10R
1
6 3G10-1
33R

TCK
TDI
TDO
TMS

IGA3
GCK2
+3V3
3
5

GCK3

AMBI-SPI-CS-EXTLAMPSn
AMBI-SPI-CLK-OUT
AMBI-SPI-SDI-OUT_G1
AMBI-SPI-SDO-OUT
AMBI-LATCH2_DIS

33R
8
33R

GTS1

3
5

GTS2

7GA2-2
BC847BS(COL)
4

4
17
25

330R 3

3GA6-3

3GA6-1

FGA3
+3V3

SD51022

BACKLIGHT-PWM

9GA0

6GA3

FGA5
FGA2

LTST-C190KGKT

FGA4

6GA2

FGA6
LTST-C190KGKT

1
2
3
4
5
6

6GA1

100R
100R
100R
100R

LTST-C190KGKT

8
7
6
5

6GA0

1
2
3
4

LTST-C190KGKT

2GA4

100n RES

3GA2-1
3GA2-2
3GA2-3
3GA2-4

330R 2

RES
1G36
1
2
3
4
5
6

7GA2-1
BC847BS(COL)
1
3GA6-2

DEBUG ONLY

6
2

+3V3

GSR

RES
1G35

7GA1-1
BC847BS(COL)
1

+3V3

GND

+3V3

7GA1-2
BC847BS(COL)
4

+3V3

AMBI-PROG_B1
AMBI-BLANK_R1

6
33R

3GA6-4

IXO2_29
IXO2_30
IXO2_31
IXO2_32
IXO2_37
IXO2_38

5
6
7
8
12
13
14
16
18

5 330R 4

IXO2_36|GTS1
IXO2_34|GTS2
IXO2_33|GSR

IGA1
CPLED2

330R 1

11
9
24
10

IXO3_5
IXO3_6
IXO3_7
IXO3_8
IXO3_12
IXO3_13
IXO3_14
IXO3_16
IXO3_18

10p

29
30
31
32
37
38

3GA5-4
3GA5-3
3GA5-2
3GA5-1

SD51022

10p
2G19 RES

33R
2
33R

10p

10p
2G12 RES

10p
2G11 RES

10K

2G10 RES

3G14
1
7
33R
3G11-2

8
3G11-1

IXO1_2
IXO1_3
IXO1_39
IXO1_40
IXO1_41
IXO1_42

10p
2G18 RES

36
34
33

GTS1
GTS2
GSR
AMBI-SPI-CS-OUTn_R2-R
AMBI-PWM-CLK_B2
AMBI-SPI-CS-OUTn_R2
AMBI-LATCH1_G2
AMBI-TEMP
CPLED3
CPLED2

3G15

33R

GCK3
GTS1
GTS2
GSR

AMBI-SPI-CLK-OUT-R
AMBI-SPI-SDI-OUT_G1-R
AMBI-SPI-SDO-OUT-R

10p
2G16 RES

3GA3

VCCIO

10p
2G15 RES

PNX-SPI-CS-BLn
PNX-SPI-SDO
PNX-SPI-SDI
PNX-SPI-CLK

2
3
39
40
41
42

VCCINT
IXO1_43|GCK1
IXO1_44|GCK2
IXO1_1|GCK3

10p
2G14 RES

43
44
1

2G13 RES

PXCLK54
GCK2
GCK3

15
35

7GA0
XC9572XL-10VQG44C0100

VIO

1
2
3
4
5
6

+3V3

10p
RES

VINT

2GA6

3GA4

RES
1G37

10p
2G17 RES

2GA5

1u0

2GA3

30R

BACKLIGHT-PWM_BL-VS

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_037_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 104

SPI buffer

SPI buffer

B06D

+3V3

20

3GE2

3EN1
3EN2
G3
PNX-SPI-CLK

PNX-SPI-SDO

PNX-SPI-CSBn

7GE0
74LVC245A
1
IGE0

19

1
2

17
16
15
14
13
12
11

3GE0-3
47R

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

3GE1-3 6

3
47R RES
3GE3
47R

3GE4

BL-SPI-CLK
1

3GE0-1

8
47R
4 3GE1-4
47R RES

BL-SPI-SDO
AMBI-SPI-CLK-OUT-R
AMBI-SPI-SDO-OUT-R
PNX-SPI-SDI

RES

47R

10

AMBI-SPI-SDI-OUT_G1-R
BL-SPI-SDI

18

7GE1
PDTC114EU

10K

100n

+3V3

2GE0

B06D

PNX-SPI-CLK

9GE0-2

BL-SPI-CLK

PNX-SPI-SDO

9GE0-3

BL-SPI-SDO

9GE1

BL-SPI-SDI

9GE2
PNX-SPI-CS-BLn

IGE1

5 9GE0-4

PNX-SPI-SDI

BL-SPI-CSn

Buffer
Direct

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_038_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 105

10-7 B07 393912364954


DVBS-FE

DVBS-FE

B07A

7R01-1

STV0903BAC

100n

10n

2R15

100n

2R14

10n

2R09

+3V3-DEMOD

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165

VDD1V0

21
38
54
76
80
92
96
106

+3V3-DEMOD

10n

10n

2R52

10n

2R51

100n

2R50

100n

2R49

100n

2R48

2R47

100n

2R46

22u

2R16

30R

VIA

VDD3V3

2
3
100n

2R17

+1V-DVBS

11
12

VDDA2V5

8
7

IM
IP

60
56
RES 2R21

DISECQ-DET
F22-DISECQ-TX

128
20
126
NC
107
NC
IR04
47p
97
98
3R00 IR03
19
18

1n0

RES 2R22
SCL-SSB
SDA-SSB

100R
RES 2R23

3R01
100R
47p

SCLT
SDAT

RESET-DVBS
9R00
RES

3R11
+3V3-DVBS
10K

IR02

62
58
26
23
24
29
27

FR02
FR03
FR04
FR05
FR06

FR07

XTALO

AGCRF1

I2C-ADDRESS : D0
DIRCLK
CLKI
CLKI2
CLKOUT27
N
I1
P

N
Q1
P

0
1
2
3
D
4
5
6
7
CLKOUT
STROUT
DPN
ERROR

0
CS
1
DISEQCIN1
DISEQCOUT1
FSKRX_IN
FSKRX_OUT
NC
SCL
SDA
SCLT
1
SDAT

RESETB
STDBY
TCK
TDI
TDO
TMS
TRST

0
COMP
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
GPIO 7
8
9
10
11
12
13

52

SENSE+1V0-DVBS

63
64
65
67
68
70
71
73
74
75
78
79
82
83
84
86
87
89
90
91
94
95
108
109
111
115
116
119
120

AGC

2R53

1K0

47n

* To be drawn near PNX85500


3R03
3R04
3R05
3R06

47R
47R
47R
47R

NC

NC
NC
NC

TS-DVBS-DATA 4
TS-DVBS-CLOCK
TS-DVBS-SOP 2
TS-DVBS-VALID 1

9R03-4 * 5
9R04 *
9R03-2 * 7
9R03-1 * 8

TS-FE-DATA
TS-FE-CLOCK
TS-FE-SOP
TS-FE-VALID

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

40
41
101
50
49
47
46
44
43
37
35
34
32
30
55

FR00

3R02

16

IR05

3R07
120K
DISECQ-RX

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

100n

2R26

100n

2R25

100n

2R24

100n

100n

2R19

+2V5-DVBS
2R18

VDDA1V0

5
9
13
114
118
123
127

NC

QM
QP

129

GND_HS

IR00

5R00
+3V3-DVBS

NC

59
104
103
100

VS

6p8

GNDA

NC

124

MAIN

XTALI

2R20 RES

10n

100n

2R13

10n

2R12

100n

2R11

10n

2R06

2R05
2R08

100n

2R07

+1V-DVBS

1
4
6
10
14
113
117
121
125

1K0

100n

10n

2R10

100n

2R03

10n

2R02

100n

2R01

2R00

100n

2R04

+1V-DVBS

POWER_VIA

3R10

15
17
22
25
28
31
33
36
39
42
45
48
51
53
57
61
66
69
72
77
81
85
88
93
99
102
105
110
112

+1V-DVBS

122

XTAL

10K

7R01-2
STV0903BAC

3R13

B07A

+3V3RF
3R12

IR06

10p

9R02
RES
NC

16
23
24

XTAL_CMD
SCL
SDA

SYN
XTAL_OUT
IP
IN

SATELLITE
TUNER
I2C-ADDRESS : C6

QP
QN
RF_OUT

AGC
AS
NC

5R01

2R43

+3V3RF

IR01

VIA

RF_IN

18
19

10u

3R09

2R40

1K0

100p
3
3R08-3

21
20
7
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

XTAL

2
3R08-2
NC

4
6 3R08-4
100R
1
7 3R08-1
100R

5
100R

QP
QM

8
100R

IP
IM

SYN HS
29 33

0p56

2R62

32

100p

2R45

1n0

2R29

SM15T

FR01

6R00

LNB-RF1

GND
RF LNA LT MIX DIG BB VCO
5
3
9 10 15 17 25 26

27n

5R02

10n

2R28

2R27

220u 6.3V

27p
10u

2R61

28

1R01

+3V3-DVBS

1n0

1n0
2R35

1n0
2R34

1n0
2R33

VCO

10p

AGC

27

10p

12
13

22

2R55

10p
IR08

14

MIX DIG BB
VSS

2R56

11

XTAL_IN

1 2

2R39

10p

NC

16M

2R38

31

IR07

SCLT
SDAT

LNA LT

10p

7R02
STV6110AT

3 4
30

10K

3R15 RES

10K

3R14 RES

10p

2R54

+3V3RF

2R41

1R10
NX3225GA

2R37
+3V3RF

1n0
2R32

2R31

4R7

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_039_110210.eps
110210

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 106

10-8 B08 393912364954


DVBS supply

DVBS supply

B08A
5T00

IT00

SYNC
A
4

5T01

+1V-DVBS

VFB

GND
P HS
8
9

3T00 RES

15

14

1%

IT24

SENSE+1V0-DVBS

4n7
3T21

100n

2T06

11

+3V3-DVBS

4n7
2T36

3K3

12

22K
3T02

VIA

IT20

47K

1K0 1%
2T10 RES

IT02
13

10
3T03

FT06

IT18

2u0

RES 3T01

7T00-2
ST1S10PH

IT01

SW

VIN

22u

INH

RES 1n0

2T03

+2V5-DVBS

22u
2T05

1
A

2T04

7T00-1
ST1S10PH

22u

22u

2T02

22u

2T01

2T00

30R

SW

+5V-DVBS

1K0 1%
LD3985M25
7T01
IN

BP

FT07

5
4

+2V5-DVBS
IT19

COM
2

5T02

INH

30R

100n

2T07

OUT

1u0

1u0

IT03

2T39

BAS316

2T08

6T02 RES

BAS316

10n

6T00 RES

BAS316

2T09

6T01 RES
+5V-DVBS

7T02
LD1117DT33
OUT

FT08

+3V3-DVBS
16V

IN

2T12

100n

2T11

COM
1

22u

+24V

220n
2T17

100u 35V

IT05

5T03

FT00

2T16

47n
2T14

3R3

2T13

220n

IT04

100u 35V
2T15

3T04

10K

3R3

10K

5T04

4u7

RES 2T22

4u7

RES 2T38

10u

1n0

IT11

RES 2T37

10u

2T24

2T23

6T04

SS24

22R

3T11

33u

100u 25V

+V-LNB
IT32

GND_HS

IT17

1n0

IT12

3T29
3T08

3T10

IT09

15

10u

2T35

GND

7T04-1
BC847BS(COL)
1

13
12
6
8

2T26

1n0

2T25
2

IT10

47n

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

ILIM2
SEQ
BP

100K

3T06
IT21

BOOT2
SW2
EN2
FB2

IT27

6
3T07

IT26

VIA2

IT08

+3V3

PVDD2

2T27

9
10
11

BOOT1
SW1
EN1
FB1

1K0

1n0

2T21

2
3
5
7

IT07

+24V

10K

PVDD1

2T20

14

7T03
TPS54283PWP
IT25

IT06

22R

3T05

22u

6T03

SS24

33u

220u 16V
2T19

2T18

+5V-DVBS

RES
3T31

IT29

3T23

IT13

33K

2T41
RES
2T28

1n0
FT04

RES

+V-LNB

4u7

RES
3T24

SENSE+1V0-DVBS

15K

220p

2T40
2T31 RES

RES
2T29

47K
5%
RES

47K

3T16

3K3
5%

3T15

IT14
2T30 RES

3T17

7T04-2
BC847BS(COL)
4

22n
3T12

3K3

5
IT23

22n

3T14
2K2

BZX384-C
13V

1K0

IT22

6T05
+24V

3T13

IT15

3T25

3K3

V0-CTRL

330K
3T28
100K

RES 10n

RES
IT16

RES 10K

100n
RES

3T26
2T43

RES 2T34

IT30

2T42

22n

RES
3T19

33K

3K3
5%

3T18

18K
5%
22u

22u

2T33 RES

22n
3T20

RES 3T09

+5V-DVBS

2T32 RES

B08A

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

FT05

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_040_110210.eps
110210

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 107

DVBS supply

B08B

DVBS supply

B08B
+12V

+12V

+3V3-DVBS

3T22

220R

22u

RES

5T50

100R

3T50

100n

2T51

2T50

RES

100u 35V

IT50

IT28

220n

2T52

V0-CTRL

IT60
5T52

6T50

220n

2T53

BAT54 COL

18
NC

BYP

A_GND
7T50-2
LNBH23Q
34
35
36

2K2

DISECQ-DET

IT64
6T54 RES

RES
7T51
BC817-25W

IT68

BAS316

IT69

IT59
9T52 RES

VIA
VIA

IT55

10n

10u

3T58 RES

2T62 RES

1R0

2T60

2K2

STPS2L30A

6T51

+3V3-DVBS
10K

2T61

20

3T57 RES

RES

VUP

1
2
3
7
8
16
17
23
24
25
26
31
32

IT66

IT67

150R

VCTRL

11

3T62

22R

TTX

15R

3T59 RES

VCC_L

DSQOUT

EXTM

470n

VIA

DISECQ-RX

39
40

VIA
37
38

2T59

470n

15
2T58

100u 35V

IT58

DSQIN

22

3T27

27

2T57

470n

RES

VOTX

LNB-RF1

3T53

21

3T54 RES

IT57

5T51

DETIN

22K

1n0

14
30

30R
2T56

100u 35V

2T55

12
13

+V-LNB

VORX

3T52

IT54
29

IT63
9T51

IT65

RS1D

RES

9T50
RES

ADDR

28

IT52

220u

RES

IT56

F22-DISECQ-TX
6T53

STPS2L30A

6T52

RS1D

6T55

10K

ISEL

GND_HS

DISECQ-DET

10

10K 3T55 RES


2T54 RES
IT61
IT62
10K
3T56 10n

IT53

LX

P_GND

LNB-RF1

100R

SCL
SDA

3T60 RES
+12V

9
6

3T61

SDA-SSB

33

100R

IT51

41
42

SCL-SSB

VCC

3T51

19

7T50-1
LNBH23Q

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_041_110210.eps
110211

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 108

10-9 B09 393912364954


Connectors comp

Connectors comp
5C55
30R

1M59

FC77

FC76
FC78
3C70

100R

FC79

100n

2C70

FC81

GND_AL
NC

FC83

FC82

1C86

AMBI-POWER

+24V

+12V_AL

100n
RES

2C95

1C87

100n

FC84

2C94

T 2.0A 63V

27

2C96
T 2.0A 63V
RES

28

100R

2C77

3C76

100p

IC73

100R

2C78

IC74

3C77

100p

2C93
RC

47n RES

LED-2

TO
LED PANEL

100R

FC90
FC91
FC92
FC93

2C79
LED-1

3C78

100p

100R

2C80

FC94
+5V

100p
FC95

KEYBOARD

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

FC89

+3V3-STANDBY

IC75

1M19

FC88

100n

AMBI-BLANK_R1
AMBI-PROG_B1
AMBI-LATCH2_DIS
AMBI-TEMP

100p

2C81

V-AMBI

3C75

6C02

FC75

FC87
LIGHT-SENSOR

3C79
10R

100p

FH34SJ-26S-0.5SH(50)

2C82

100n
RES

RES

FC74

6C05

AMBI-SPI-CS-OUTn_R2
AMBI-LATCH1_G2

2C76

RES
BZX384-C5V6

FC73

AMBI-PWM-CLK_B2

BZX384-C5V6

FC72
V-AMBI

6C03 RES

FC71

BZX384-C5V6

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

100K
RES

FC70

AMBI-SPI-CLK-OUT
AMBI-SPI-SDO-OUT
AMBI-SPI-SDI-OUT_G1

B09A

+3V3

3C74

B09A

GND_AL GND_AL

1M21 RES

FAN-CTRL1

+3V3
FC61

RES 3C90
10K

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

RES 3C91
100R

3C97

RES
RES

47R
47R
47R

10K

FAN-DRV

1u0

100R

RXD2-MIPS

RES

1u0
2C91

2041145-4

TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

3C96

RES

10p

RES 3C93

TXD2-MIPS

3C95

2C90

+3V3

RES 3C92

SDA-SET

+3V3-STANDBY
+5V

47R

10p
2C89 RES

FC64

19
20
FH52-18S-0.5SH

FC99

HOTEL TV

RES 5C53
+12V

30R

T 1.0A 63V

30R

IC78

Dreamcatcher

1u0

RES 5C54
+3V3

RES
1C85

FAN-CTRL2

1
2
3
4

3C94

10p
2C88 RES

100R

FC98

9C00
RES
9C01
RES
9C02
RES
9C03
RES

10p
2C87 RES

100R
RES 3C83

FC86

FC97

SCL-SET

2C86 RES

RES 3C82 100R

FC96

RES 2C85

SDA-BL

FC63

RES
1M71

100p

TACH02

FC85

100R
RES 3C81

100p
RES 2C84

SCL-BL

RES 3C80

RES 2C83

TACH01

FC62

RESERVED
4

SPB SSB TV550


2K11 4DDR EU

2010-12-10

3139 123 6495


19100_042_110210.eps
110210

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 109

10-10 313912364954 SSB Layout

2G43

IUS9

2UD9
3U26

5UD3

2UE4

9UU1 9UU0

5T01

2T19

3GA6

1G37

2UU2

5G02

2T32

2T33

6GA1

3UD3

2UD6 6UD0

3US3

3US2

IUS6

2UE1

3UD4

2UD4 2UD5

7GA2

1G00

1X08

3US9 3US6

2U15

3UD5

2UE2

5U01

5C53

3U29

IU15

2UE3

5C54

2U16

2UE6

6U00

IU17

2C85

3C82

2UD8

7US3

2U09
3C93

3C92

1C85

7US2

2C83
2C84

3U24

2US3

IU18

IUD2

2U18

3C90

2U11

3C91

IUT1

IUS5

2U17

3C81
3C83

5U00

IU23

2T00

2T18

5UD0

IUD4

7UD1

IUT2

2T01

2T12

6GA2

2UD2

IUD1

5T03

6GA3

2UD1

6GA0

2U27

3UD2

3U06

2UD7

3UD0

2U28

3U07

7UD0

3US7

3C80

5UD1

2UE0

3US5

7US1

7U05

5UD2

9US0

3US4

3U23

7U01 7U04 7U02

7UU0

1M71

IUS4

2UE9

IUS3

IU57

2UD3

3UD1

5U03

5U02

2U19

2U25

2U23

2U24

2UE8

7UD3

2UE7

2U20

2UD0

2T22

7T03

7T00
5T00

3U81

IUD0

2T17 5T04

2T11

3C70

2C70

2C96

2G13
3G12

3G13

2C95

3G10

3G14

3G11

6T03

2T14

1C87
1C86

1UM0

5UM1

2U56

3U56

3U44

2U43

2U52

2U51

3U66

3U84

3U67

2U72
3U76

2U48

2U54

3U71

2U47

2U68

2U49

3U45

2D30

2U53

2U45

3U43

2U44

2U58

4U00

3U64

2C94

5C55

3U42

3U65

4U01

2U46

1M59

1M99

CXXX

2U50

1M95

7T02

Overview top side

3GA5

1P00

7GA1

1X07

5G01

1G36

2G44
1G03

3GA2

3G15

6G00

3G28

1G35

IG11

2GA4

7GA0

3B11

IGA3

3B18

IGA2

3S3Y

3S28

3S24

3S29

3S2A

9F27

3B00

3S1C

5D07

2R28
2R32

2R45

2R33

9R02

2R29

3R14
3R15

1R01
5R02

2R31

7R02

2R40

1R10

3R09

2R38

2R35

2R61

2R39

2R62

2R43

1X04

6T55

2T50

3S1B

9F28

3S3N

3S3R

3B13

3S1L

3S3T

2S4D

3S1J

3B12

2T55
6T52
3T22

3S1K

3B23

2R27

2R37

3S3S
2S4E

2B44

3S23

3S62
3S21

3S3Q

3S03

9S01

7R01

2R34

2T57

3S02 3S01

3B02

7S00

2S09
3S04

7S02

3S31

7B02

2R46
3R06

3R08

3R05

9S00

2D20

1X05

3R04

3B17

2R54

2R20

3R03

3B25
3B16
2B46

7B00

5R01

2R55

9S93

9S90

3B08

9S92

3B10

7F20

3B07

2D05

5D08

2D19

2G96

9S91

2S4P

2G97
2G99

2R56

2G98

2R41

IGA1

3R12

3B19

2F01

7B01

3GA1

3B26
2B47

1G50

9GA0

7T50

3S3L

2T56

2S87
3S59

2S7L

2S7P

2S7N

2S7U

2S8G
9S18

9S20

3S4T

3S4P

2S7R
9S19

3S4R

2S7E
9S21

BS10

3S4J 2S7J

2S7K

2S7H

3S4L

3S4K

3S3W

3S4A

3S84

2G29
2G28

1E22

1E54

1E31

5T50

1E25

2F29

3F37

3F36

7F25

2F33

2F35 3F28 2F34

5F73

1FD3
2FDD
2FDC

3F64

2F9A

2E37

3E20

6FD3
6FD2

9C03

9C02

1T01

1E38

6EC1

2F98

9E15

1E09

6E20

1E43

6E16

3E41

3FC3

3FC4

2F81

6E15

1ECB

3FC5

3FC6

9FC5
2FC2

3FC1

2FC1

2FC6

2FC3

6FC7
6FC5
6FC3
6FC4
6FC2
6FC1
6FC6
6FC8

1P05

2FC8

1FC1

1P02

9FC4

1FC3 1FC4 1FC2

1FC5

1P03

9FC6
2FC5

1E78

2FC7
3FC2

1FC6
1E76

1E07

1E75

1E77

2FC4

2ECC

1E79

1P04

3FC7

2E25

3E56

2E20

2E23

2E26

3E58

9FC3

1N00

3F623F63

2F97

3E57

5EC2

3E38

6E17

2ECM

3ECM

IEE3

1E44
9EC3

1329

IE35

2F60

3E54

2EE5

2ECP

2EC1 7EC1

IE36

2ECN

3E55

3ECF

3E36

2E67

3ECN IE42

1F52

6E18

IE34

IEE6
2EE2

7EE1
2EE1

3ECP

3EC5

2E21

3EE2

9E17 3E89
9E50

3EC3

9E57

6E51

6E46

IEE4
IEE5

4E24

4E21
3EE3

4E20

2EE7

2EE4

2C88

2EE0

3C96

2C89

3EE0

3C97

2C81

2EE3

3EE1

3C95

5E06

3C94

1E42

1E29

3E27

IC74

2E22

2C90

2C86

2C87

IE11

1328

2F99

2ECU

6C05
2C91

1E03 1E04

1E08

2E05

5E01

1E87

1E88

2E62

2E60

6E47

2EE6

3C79

3E26

6C03
2C82

2E07 5E02
3E28

3E98

5E08

3C77

IC75

2C78

3ECG

3E25 3E22
2E57 2E56

3C78

1E39

2E66

2C93

2C80

1E37

1E28

3C74

6C02
3C76

3E40

2C76

3E34 3E68
3E35
3E72
2E63

7EE0

IE07

2G77

3C75

3FDG

1FD2

IE10

2G75

2C77

1F51

2F86
3F75

3E21

2E38

6E19

2E35

2E36

2E54

3F65

2F9B

IE09

9F71

2E27

5F72

4E23

4E22

6E40

2F88

1X06

3E87
3E88
9E52 9E29

2E40

6E38

3E96
9E13

2E72

9E11

2E55

2E71

7E10

2G76

2E39

3E33

2G27

3E30

3G38

2G78

6E06

1E70

3E51

2G25

1E32

3E97

9E04

3E65

3E66

2F93

2E53
2E52

2G24

2G26

3E67

3E69

3E70

2E49

2E48

3E64

9E42

3E71

9E43

2F9C

2G79

1M21
1M19

IF86

2F91
3F72

1F25

9F04

2G7A

1X02

1P08

2F9D

1E06

1E18

1E55

5F70

1E85
2F32

1E01

5D05

3F31

7F70

IF89

1E23

1E19

6F72 3F78

9F05 9F06

1E12

1F75

9F00 9F01

9E22

4E01

9E21

4E03

4E04 2E14

1F24

IF61

2F92 2F94
2F90 3F71

9E18

9E05
4E02

6E26

1E86

1E53

5E74

2E84 3E77 3E76

6E22

1E00

2E83

1E71

3E31

7F58

2F58
3F58

2S4M

3F59
3F60

3S83

BS13

9E20
9E24 3E32

4E05 2E18

1P09

2F40

2S77
2S78

1F10

3S12

3S6H

3S42

2S2Z
2S2Y

2S30

2S33

2S2W
2S2V

IS13

2S32

3E17

2S7M

3S13

2S41

5D02 5D01

2S31

4S14

7S08

3S6J
3S53

2S2S

3S26

2D09

2S34

3S2M

3S3G

2S2R
2S2T

3S3M

3S43
3S44

3S3U

9S06

3S3H

DBS8

1S02

5T51

6T51
6T53

3B14

2D06

2D12 2D11

DS50

5T52

3S3F

BS15

2S4G

3B04

2B45

2D07

2S4F

3B15

3S27

2D10

IF62

3B05

2D24

2D17

2D23

7B03

7D10

5D04

1G51

IS14

3B24

3S00

1D52

2D08

1735 1D38

1D50

3S6K

3S4B

3S81
3S80
3S52
3S54
3S50

1X01

1E05

LAYOUT
SSB TV550 2K11 4DDR EU

2011-01-27

3139 123 6495


19100_800_110127.eps
110217

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 110

Overview bottom side

2G17

IUM0

2G16

2G14

2G12

FU61

FU66

FU63

FU75

IU03
IU49

7U06
3UB6

IU26

3U13

3F41

AF72
FF56
IF53

C000

2UB3

3UB4

7U41

3S39

3F77
3FE5

3U02

CU02

CU01
2UU0
3UU2

FC99

7UU2

FG1C

FG33

9G0K

2G94
2G95

3D06
2D16

3D01
3D16

CD10

2G9D

2D21

3E24

2E10

ID07

6E01

9E27

FE72

2G91

3FE7

2FF3

3FG4

3FG2

2FE6

DFE8

2E88

FG20

FG21

3G34

6E03

FE73

4E06

9E28 3E07 2E06


IE23 2E04
9E25

IE71
FE54
IE51

2E91

6E09

IE14

9E07

9E10

2E75

6E29

IE72

9E26

FG1Y

FG1Z

FG2E

FG2F

IE26
IE22

IE64

FE50

3G30
IE63

IE38
FE49

3G36

IE29

FG2L

3G2Z

IE31

IE73

2FE4

IE32

FG2R

3G37
FG2G

3G2Y

FG35
3G2W

DFE7

FG04
IE33

BFE2

3G32

FG34

FG2H

3G35

IE39

DFE6
FE31
FC89

2FG6
IF17

2FG4

FE34

FE33
FE29

IF18
FE42

FC87

DFF2

2FH3

3E29

5FA4

2FF9

FE27

2FA4

IF69

2FG1

2FH4

2FF1

2FA3

5E03 5E04

3E39

FC88

FC90

IEE8

FE02

FFAF

FE30

FECZ

FEC3

2ECX

9E58

IE76

2ECY
FECR

3ECJ

IE43

2EC3
FECY

5EC3

2EC7

FE53

FEC7

3ECL

FE46
FE44

FE48

IE44
IE45

2ECW

FE01

2ECQ

2EC2

2FA2

FE47
FE45

FE52

3ECH

FE03

FECB
FFA2

FE59

2C79

FC91

FE61
FC92
IE77

FE60
FE51

3E90 9E19
9E54

IE74

IE75

2E68

FFB5

6E52

IEE0

7FA3

FE28

IC73
IEE7

5FA3

3E99

2E58 2E59
2E08

2FF4

3FE8

3FE9

2FG0

2FF2

2FF7

3E95

FE32

2FF8
IF68

FF61

FF63

7FE3

FF62

2FE3

IF67

DFF1

IF49
5FE5
FF03

2E09

2FE8
FF81

5FE8

2F84 3F76

FG24

FG22

3G33

FG2K

IE48

FE71

IE06

7FE0

7E09

FE82

3FG7

BFE3

3E43

3E62
FE84

IE52

2E44

IE16

6E32

9E16

2FF5
2FF0

2FH7

2FH2

9G0G

IF29

DFE9

FFDB

FG29

FG25

FG2M

2FH6

2F59

FG28

FG23

2FG8

FF74

2D22

2D26

6E43

FG2B
ID08

FG26

3E73

2FH5

2FG7

FF76

FG2A

FG27

2E24

2FE0

5FE3

2FG9

5FE9

FG1R

FG2D

ID06

3E44

5FE0

IF65

FFDA

3D14

FG1T

FG1S

IF82

3FG6

2FG3

IF63

IF48

5FE7

IE50

FG1U

FG2C

5FG0

5FG2
2FG2

5FE4
FF00

FFDC

FG1W

FG1V

FG2P

3G31

FF82

2F61

3D10

ID05

IEC1

FE70

2E15

FEA1

IF27

2FE5

IF28

1FE0

IF66

FF64

3FBF

7D03

3D09
2B36

2E90

6E23
FE74

7E01

3E37

FEA0
9E23

3E74

6E07

9E51

BEC3

2E87

BEC5
2E86

9E53

3E79

2E85

6E28

9E55

IE08

2E80
3E75
9E08

3EA7 2E01

IEC2
FE75

FE85

2F75
2F79

3F80
3F81

IF64

2FF6

FFC9

3D02

2B12

2B11

2B07

2B06
2S42
FE81

3E78

9E09

2E12

2E76

9E06

FE43

2E99 2E98 3E19

3E48

FE80

IEC0

IE68

2E79

5E73

5E76

IE17
IE92

6E30

3EB6

IE96

IE55

FE58

AF70

FFB1

CU04
CU03
2D31

3B21
2B26

2B14

2B16

2S24

IS50
2S39

2S38

2S3A

3S51

3S34
FE83

3E53
IE49

6E44

2F66

5F66

FE56
IF76

IF74

IF78

IF14

IF41

FFB6

3U80

2B39

2B23

2B19

3B20

3S07

3S6Q

2S4R

2S4Q

C001

2S3E

2S3F
2S3D

2S3B

2S2H

7E05

2E74

3E18

9E01

3EA1
IE60

IE91

3E45

2E97

IE59

IE13

FG2N

IF12

2F63
2F64

2FH8

FF65

2E81
5E80

IE61

3EB1

9E12

9E14

2EB3

IF15

2F25
3F30

FF66

2S2G

3S1D
IE89

FE57

3F35

9F03
9F02

AF71

2F28

IF33

3S49

IE53
2EB1

IF73

7F75

IF10

IF11
IF13

IF34

IF44

IE15

2EA4

2EA5
IE18
IE90

2F96

IE70

2F78
2F74

FF75

2F30

FF01

IF30
IF32

FD06

3S0Z

IF80

IF59

2F71

IF77

2F85
9F25
9F26

2D14

2D13

ID10

IF81

FF71

IF39

FF36

2D01

5D03

FD14

3F79

FF57

IF75

IF31

FD05
ID32

ID09

ID31

IF54

IF90

FF37

2B41

IS1D

3EA2

IF40

ID28

2B00

3B03

5F71

IF58

3F52

IF36

IF42

2F31

ID29

IS12

2F49

3F34

2F27
2F26

IF43

ID19

FS57

3EB3

IF72
IF37

ID37

FS52

7E06

IF52

ID15

ID30

ID18

2B01

3S38

FS53

2F95

3E06

IF35

3S36

IS0R

3B28

2D27

7F52

IF50

IF79

2F52

3F32

IF45

FF33

IS1H

7D15

3FE6

FF32

IS11

5F74

2F73 2F80
2F72 2F82
2F77
2F76 AF73

FF55
FF29

3S5E

IS1P
3S3P

FF30

2F65
3F82

9F30
9F29

FF39

2F62
2F70

3F43
FF38

FF42

7S05
IS02

5F76

FD08

2D29

FD09

IS07

IS1Q
IF16

FD01

ID27

IS03

FS03

FF46

FF41

2UB4

FG0H
IS1J

IS0V

2D28

FD02

3S47

IF47

2S3J

3S16 3S17

IE54

3F40

3S20

2S68

2S3G

2S3H

3S09

2S2L

3S10

3S32

IE67

2S2J

FS50

3S37

IS06

IE05

FF48

IS1N

ID33

2B09

FD03

3S72

2S16
IS5C

2S8A

9S24

IS3E

3B01

2B40

IS1S

3S5B

3S5T

IS5G
IS3F

IS2V

2D02
ID14

FS08

IS1M
IS4V

IS44

FF45

3S6P

2S60
5S93

2S23
2S45

IS5J

3S08

2S40

2S19

IS2Z

3F45

FF49

2B27
2B29

3S06
2S5P

2S4S

2S64

2S5J
5S89
5S87
5S81
5S90

2S53
3S75

IS19

FD07

ID11

2B13

2S36

IS5H

3S46
3S2S

FS49

FS44

IS1A

2S3C

IS3D

2B17
FS02

3S22

IS1B

ID12

2B37

2B15

IS4W

2S18

2S14

FS11

2S85
2S86
2S84

2S76
2S75

3S5S

IS42

2S6G

IS5E

5S84

2S13

IS3B

3S2L

3S1H

3S05

3S25

IS5D

3S1G

2S22

3S18

2S3M

IS1K

3D15

2B10
3S0V

2S46

IS20

IS1E

FF50

FF44

IS1G

3S19

3S11

3S6M

2S3Q

2S52

2S37

2S51

3S76

3S5V

7S09

2S6E
2S6D

2S20

2S50

2S15

3S40

2S10

FS10

ID35

7D11
ID34

2S65

IS5F

FS45

2B18

3B22

2SHW

IS3L

3B06

3S30

2S6N

2S4U
DS52

FG31

2G9C

2B20

2S26

2S67
2S63

5S88

2S5H

2S6P
2S6F
5S92

2S5A

2S6M

2S59

2S55

2S11

2S4V

2S6A

2S28

2S58

2S6K

2S6H

2S5C

2S5K
5S95

IS4Z

FG32

3S33

3S6L

IS2U

2S21

5S83

FG30

2B24

2D03

2S4Y

2S5G

FS51

3F42

2S4W

2S2K

2S4K

3S2H

FS0Z

3S55

5S94

2S43

9S0D

IF51
FF04

IT51

IS1L

3F44

3S0W

3S64
3S45

IS16

3S1P

IT67

3T53

FF43

2S6B

9S09

3S2K

3S41

9S0E

IT54

IS05

FC95

2S3K

IT53

6T50

3T62

IT69

2S3L

2T58

3T60
3T52

2T37

2T60

3T55

IT61

2T53

IT60

IT62

3T58
2T54

IT57

2S5B
IS01

2S27

2S4T

7S20

7T51

IT50

5S80

2S6C

3S2V

IT68

2S6L

2S57

IS3Q

IS10
FS64

3S1F

3T50

IS3S

IS04

9R04

3T27

3T61

FF47

5S82

3S82

2S5D

3S1R

3S1U

3S1T

3S1S

IT28

3T54

2T51

IT65

2T38

5S85

5S04

2R22

2T61

2T52

3T51

IT59

9R03

2T59

6T54 9T52

IT58

IT64

3T59
2T62

3S1X

2R15

2R26

2R25

2R21

3T56
9T50
9T51
IT63

IT52

3S69

3S6V

2S62

IS3K

2S5M

3S1E
IS58

3T57

IT55

3S6W

3F06

IR04

2R09

IS25
3S1W

2S56

3S57
3S56

3S2F

2S4Z

2R23

3S2G
3S6A

IR03
3R01

2R14

IT66

IT56

IS26

3S5Y

2R52

2R17

3S6F
3S6D

2R51

3R00

FR01

3S15

3S60
3S5Z

2R08

IR00

2B22

2S17

3S1V

3S6E

IF88
IS40

5R00

2S66
2S61

2S25

3S6G
2R07

FG1F

FG1D

2G93

FS01

2S4N

2R00

FG1E

2B42 3B27
2B38

3S5W

9S08

2B25

2S89 3S58

IS00

2B03

3S6C

IF87

3S61

FG1G

2G92

2B02

3S6B

9C00

2B31

2B21

9S96

9S97

3S67
9S12

2R13

2R16

2B35

2B33

9S95

9S94

IS08

9S11
3S65

2B04

9C01

FG1L

FG1J

FG11

FG1H
2B28

3GE3
3S68

FG1K

2S29

3F19

FG1M

2G9F

2S12

3F20

IF22

FG12

FG1N

3B09

2B08

3GA3
3S66
9S10
9S13

3F22

3R13

2R06

2R05

2R03

2R04

2R12

2R49

FG14

FG13

2B34

FB00

2GA1

IS09

2R11

FR07

2R02

2R24

2UB2

5GA1
2GE0
5GA0
2GA0

2B32

FGA0

FG16

FG15

3GE4

7S01

2F20

2R50

IR01

2UB1

2GA3

2GA5

7GE0

2GA6

3GA4

3F21
2R10

IF23

3F12

FG18

FG17

2B43

2B30

3F23
IF21

3R11

2F21

3GE2

3F24

2R48

FG1A

FG19

FS31

2S2E

IR06

CUA0

FGA3

FGA6

7F02

2F03

9GE1

FG1Q

FG1B

2R01

2R19

FG2J

FGA1

IGE0

FF31

2R18

FUU0

FG1P

IS15

9R00

IR07

3UU0

FGA5

7GE1

IR08

7UU3

FUU1

3GE0

IS17

3R10

IUU3

2G9E

3GE1

2GA2

3F07

FR02

7UU1

3UU3
IUU4

FGA4

IGE1

FR03

IUU2

IUU5

IUU0

9GE2

FR06

IUD5

FUA3

IUU1

IF07

FR04

FUD2

2UE5

9GA1

FR05

IC78

2U14

FU03

FGA2

3F05

3R02

2UB6

IUB1

9GE0

2R53

FC97

2UU1

IUB6

7UA5

3F03

2U29

IU40

2UB0

5UA0
3U41

7UA3

IU44

3U15

7U42

FC98
3U21
IU19
2U10

FUA4

2UB7

2UB5

3F02

3F01

2F02

7F01

3F10

IF05

FR00

7U48

3U20
IU01

IUB2

3U12

7UA6

7UD2

IU47
IU43

9U41

IUB3

7U43

3U59

FUD3

IU21

CU05

7UC0

IUB4
IUB5

3U16

IU30

6UD1

3U70

IU45

3U69

IF03

6R00

3UB1

2U71

FU00

2U13 2U12

2UB8
7UA7

3U74

7F00

2F00

3F11

2F06

7F05

IF02

IF01

IR02

7UA4

3UB2
3UA0
9U42
3U75

3U53

IF08

IR05

IUA6

3UB7

3U68

3R07

3U03

IU29

IF04

3F04

FC96

2U04

IU64

IU41

3U25

IF06

FU06

IU14
IU25

IU02

3U83

3UB5
IUS7

FU05

2U05

IU09

3U61

3UB0

IUA5

IU07

IU12

FU02

IU50

3U82

2UA4

3F08

2R47

3UB3

7UA0

IF55

3F09

7U03

IU10
FU04

2U00

FU07

2F04

7F03

7F04

IFD1
9FD1

3FD6

3FD4

6FD1

3FD7

9FD5

3F53

2FD1
IFD3

FUA0

IU06
2U02

IU61

IU52

3U17

IU13

IUS8
IUB0

3U18

3U14

3U63

FS2Y

3U19
2U08

3U09

IU20

IU04

IU08

FC63

2B05

FF58

3F54
3F66

9FD2

9CH0

IFD5

7F53
3F67

3FD1

7F54

IF57

3FD2

3F69

2F53

IF56

IFD2

7FD1

IFD4

3F68

3FD3

2F05

FC62

3U10
2U07

3U22

IU16
IU11

3U60

FU76

2U03

IU24

2U21

FU72

IUD7

FS2W

FU62

3U27

FU73

IU62

FU55

CU00

3UU1

FC86

2U01

IU05

IU63
IU28

FU53

IU55

FU08

FU09
3U01

3U05

3U73

IUD6

IU48

3U62

IU27

FU52

IU56

3U00

2U55

FC85

FU51

FU67

2U06
FU01
IU22

2U22

IUD3

IT06

IT16

FU60

3U72

6U40

2U57

IU51

FU68

7U00

FU59

FU74
FU57

IUS0

3U08

3T20

FU56

FU58

3U28

2T31
IT15

FU54

7U40

IT07

FU50

FC61
FC64

3U04

3T24

FU49

IT05

1U40

3T31

2G10

2G15

3U11

IT14

3T07

3T14
3T17
3T04

3T05

2T28

FC79

FU48

2T21

2T29

3T12

FC70
FC72

IT21

IT17

FUM0

FC71

FC78

3T08

6T05

2T27

IT13

2G11

2T26

2T16

2T15

IT25

FT05

3T29

2T23
2T24

IT08

FC73

2G19
FC76
FC82

IT04

2T13

IT26
IT27

2T40

IT32

FT00

7T04

3T06

2T25

3T23

IT29

2G18
FC77

IT23
IT22

FC74

FC75

FC84

FC83

IT12

2T20

IT10

2T35

IT11

3T13
2T34
3T09 3T15
3T19 3T16
3T18

2T41

2T07

IT30

FT04

3T10

IT09

2T43

IT03

6T02

IT24

6T00

2T10 2T36

FT06

6T04

FT08

FT07

3T11

3T03
5T02

3T00 3T21

7T01

2T09

2T39
2T08

3T02

6T01

2T04

IT18

2T05

3T01
IT02

IT20

2T06

2T30

IT19

2T03

3T25
3T28
3T26
2T42

2T02

FC81

IT00

IT01

FC93

FEE0

3ECK

FC94
IE12

IEE1
FE41

9EC2

FFC2

5EC0
IE65

IE66
FEC0

3ECU

FE36

2EC6

FFC7
2EC8

9FC1

9FC2

FFC5
FFB4

FFC4

2EC0

FFC3

FFB3

2ECV

IEE2

FFC1
FFC6

IEC7

FECA

FECW

FFC8

IEC6

IEC5

9EC0

3ECE

FECJ

7EC0 7E02 3E23

FE35
FEC2

3ECD

FFB2

IEC4

FECE

FEC4
FEC5
FEC1

FECM

3ECA
FECF

3EC1

FECD
FEC6

FECK
FECL

FECP

FECC

FECN

FECG

LAYOUT
SSB TV550 2K11 4DDR EU

2011-01-27

3139 123 6495


19100_801_110127.eps
110127

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Q552.2E LA

10.

EN 111

10-11 E 27221719026x IR/LED/Key Board


Leading Edge Module

Leading Edge Module

2
C6
104

BUZZER

BUZZER

R2
10K
VPP

C1

4.7uF/16V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

C4
104

R11
100R
Q1
R9

1K
VDDHI JP1

2SC8050

R1

ANALOG_VOUT
C2
105

ZD1

1K
C3
105

PIC16LF1933

U1

10
9
BUZZER

11
12

PWM
SCL

13
14

JP2

MCU

R3

VPP/MCLR/RE3
SEG12/Vcap(2)/SS(1)/SRNQ(1)/C2OUT(1)/C12IN0-/AN0/RA0
SEG7/C12IN1-/AN1/RA1
COM2/DACOUT/VREF-/C2IN+/AN2/RA2
SEG15/COM3/VREF+/C1IN+/AN3/RA3
SEG4/CCP5/SRQ/T0CKI/CPS6/C1OUT/RA4
SEG5/VCAP(2)/SS(1)/SRNQ(1)/CPS7/C2OUT(1)/AN4/RA5
VSS

J2

+5V

P2B(1)/T1CKI/T1OSO/RC0
P2A(1)/CCP2(1)/T1OSI/RC1
SEG3/P1A/CCP1/RC2
SEG6/SCL/SCK/RC3

ANALOG_VOUT
LED1
+3.3V

LED2
IR
LIGHT

2.0- 8pin

SCL

+5V

IR
ANALOG_VOUT

R17 10
+3.3V

TVS1
RES

LED2
LED1
LIGHT

ZD4
5.6V

100R

CPS2

100R

CPS1

100R

CPS0

HOME

AL

R8

VOL+

VOL-

SDA

R18

OUT

100R

VDD

C10
4.7uF/6.3V

GND

CX
ANTENNA

Proximity Sensor

U2

OUT

R27

CX

VSSVDDHI

Proximity3

GND

2K
VDDHI
C8
1u

VREG
IQS127D

TSOP75236

C7
1u

C9
104

+3.3V
R15
47

RED LED

G1

+5V

ZD3
5.6V

VSS

470

U3A
1

R19

R21

C12

R23

R24

104

ZD5
R25

100k
C11 104

10k

LIGHT

LM358

R20

R16

R26
100R

R22

LM358
Q3*
BC847
2
B

47k

10k

3
R14

LED2

Q2
BC847

Q3
BC857
2

U3B

RED

R13
10k

LIGHT Sensor

TEMT6200FX01

D1

D2

+5V

R10
4.7k / 100

WHITE

10k

CPS3

CH-

HEADER13

WHITE LED

R12

IR

IR

+3.3V

+5V

LED1

100R

CH+

SDA

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
1
CPS4

R7
C5
104

18
17
16
15

RC7/RX/DT
RC6/TX/CK
RC5/SDO
RC4/SDI/SDA

100R

R6

19

VSS

CPS5

R5

VDD
20

VDD

100R
R4

26
25
24
23
22
21

RB5/AN13/CPS5/T1G
RB4/AN11/CPS4
RB3/AN9/CPS3/CCP2(1)
RB2/AN8/CPS2
RB1/AN10/CPS1
RB0/AN12/CPS0/INT

SEG1/VCAP(2)/CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6
SEG2/CLKIN/OSC1/RA7

J1

28 ICSPDAT
27 ICSPCLK

RB7/ICSPDAT
RB6/ICSPCLK

5.6V

CONNECTOR

Proximity

CAP TOUCHSENCE

100uH

18k

VDD

L1

15k

BZ1

+3.3V

+3.3V

22k

3.3V

100k
C13 104
Leading Edge Module

2010-07-15

2010-07-15

2722 171 9026


19100_815_110217.eps
110217

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Styling Sheets

Q552.2E LA

11.

EN 112

11. Styling Sheets


11-1 Blockbuster 32"

BLOCKBUSTER 32"

1150

5213
5216

0011

1005

5216
0260

Pos No.

0029
8308

1004
1108

0004

0004
0011
0029
0260
1004
1005
1085
1108
1150
5213
5216
8191
8308
8G50
8G51

Description
Front Cabinet
Back Cover
Hard Switch bracket
Stand
Display panel
Power Supply Unit
Remote Control
Keyboard + IR assy
Board SSB
Loudspeaker box
Tweeter
Mainscord 1.8m
Main (power) switch
Cable LVDS FFC
Cable LVDS FFC

Remarks

Not displayed

Not displayed
Not displayed
Not displayed
19100_806_110210.eps
110214

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Styling Sheets

Q552.2E LA

11.

EN 113

11-2 Blockbuster 37"

BLOCKBUSTER 37"

1150

5213

0011
1005
5216

5216

0260

Pos No.

0029
8308
1004

0004
1108

0004
0011
0029
0260
1004
1005
1085
1108
1150
5213
5216
8191
8308
8G50
8G51

Description
Front Cabinet
Back Cover
Hard Switch bracket
Stand
Display panel
Power Supply Unit
Remote Control
Keyboard + IR assy
Board SSB
Loudspeaker box
Tweeter
Mainscord 1.8m
Main (power) switch
Cable LVDS FFC
Cable LVDS FFC

Remarks

Not displayed

Not displayed
Not displayed
Not displayed
19100_810_110214.eps
110217

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

Styling Sheets

Q552.2E LA

11.

EN 114

11-3 Blockbuster 40"& 46"

BLOCKBUSTER 40"- 46"

1150

1005
5216

0011

5213

0260
5216
POS. NO.

0029
1004

1108

0004

8308

0004
0011
0040
0260
1004
1005
1085
1108
1150
5213
5216
8191
8308
8G50
8G51

DESCRIPTION.
Front Cabinet
Back Cover
Hard Switch bracket
Stand
Display panel
Power Supply Unit
Remote Control
Keyboard + IR assy
Board SSB
Loudspeaker box
Tweeter
Mainscord 1.8m
Main (power) switch with cable
Cable LVDS FFC
Cable LVDS FFC

REMARKS

Not Displayed

Not Displayed
Not Displayed
Not Displayed

19100_802_110202.eps
110209

2011-Feb-18 back to

div. table

S-ar putea să vă placă și